Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / LSL Property Services plc

LSL Property Services plc

lsl.l · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker lsl.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 1802
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · LSL Property Services plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Accounts 2012

L
S
L
P
r
o
p
e
r
t
y
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
2

www.lslps.co.uk

Registered in England
(Company Number 5114014)
Registered Office:
Newcastle House
Albany Court
Newcastle Business Park
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE4 7YB

Tel: 020 3215 1015
Fax: 020 7920 9443
Email: enquiries@lslps.co.uk

LettingsSurveyingASSET MANAGEMENTResidential sales ValuationsCorporate Clients EstatE agEntsFinancial ServiceSConveyanCing 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.lslps.co.uk

LSLie.survSt TrinityFirst CompleteLinearReeds RainsLSLCCDMarsh & ParsonsPinkLand and New HomesYour MoveLSL Property Services plc is a leading provider of residential 
property services to its two key customer groups. Services 
to consumers include: residential sales, lettings, surveying, 
conveyancing, and advice on mortgages and non investment 
insurance products. Services to mortgage lenders include: 
valuations and panel management services, asset  
management and property management services.

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Contents

Directors’ Report and Business Review

 Overview

Highlights 2012 
LSL’s Markets 
LSL’s Market Intelligence 
LSL Today 
LSL’s Strategy 

 Business Review

Chairman’s Statement 
Estate Agency Division 
Surveying Division 
Financial Review 
LSL Board 

 Governance

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in 
Relation to the Group Financial Statements 
Report of the Directors 
Corporate Governance Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Corporate Social Responsibility Statement 

2
4
5
6
8

10
14
18
20
24

27
28
33
40
50

 Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report to the 
Members of LSL Property Services plc  
Group Income Statement 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Group Balance Sheet 
Group Statement of Cash Flows 
Group Statement of Changes in Equity 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Relation 
to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the 
Members of LSL Property Services plc  
106
Parent Company Balance Sheet 
107
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements  108

58
59
60
61
62
63
64

105

 Other Information

Definitions 
Investor Information 

117
119

Forward Looking Statements
This Report may contain forward-looking statements with respect to certain plans and current goals and expectations relating to the future financial 
condition, business performance and results of LSL. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to 
future events and circumstances that are beyond the control of LSL including, amongst other things, UK domestic and global economic and business 
conditions, market related risks such as fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, deflation, the impact of competition, changes in customer preferences, delays 
in implementing proposals, the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions or other combinations within relevant industries, the policies 
and actions of regulatory authorities, the impact of tax or other legislation and other regulations in the UK. As a result LSL’s actual future condition, business 
performance and results may differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. Nothing in 
this Report should be construed as a profit forecast. Information about the management of the principal risks and uncertainties facing LSL is set out in the 
Financial Review on pages 22 and 23. 

01

 
 
 
 
 
Highlights 2012
2012 was a year of excellent growth 
in the Estate Agency Division

Group

GROUP REVENUE

+12%

Estate Agency  
and Related Services

GROUP UNDERLYING OPERATING PROFIT

£35.1m

UNDERLYING OPERATING PROFIT

£24.4m

 2012 

 2011 

£243.8m

£218.4m

 2012 

 2011  

£35.1m

 2012  

£24.4m

£31.1m

 2011 £10.3m

GROUP UNDERLYING OPERATING MARGIN

14.4%

ADJUSTED BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

23.8p

 2012 

 2011 

14.4%

14.2%

 2012  

 2011 

23.8p

21.0p

FULL YEAR DIVIDEND PER SHARE

+9%

 2012  

 2011  

9.5p

8.7p

Surveying  
and Valuation Services

UNDERLYING OPERATING PROFIT

£13.9m

 2012  £13.9m

 2011  

£23.7m

02

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012  
Group revenue £m 

Group Underlying Operating Profit1 £m 

Overall operating margin % 

2012 

243.8 

35.1 

14.4  

218.4 

31.1 

14.2 

2011 

% Change

Like-for-like Group revenue2 £m 

216.6 

215.7 

Like-for-like Group Underlying Operating Profit1,2 £m 

Like-for-like operating margin % 

Profit before tax £m 

Underlying profit before tax £m 

Basic Earnings Per Share – pence 

Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share – pence 

Cash inflow from operations £m 

Net Bank Debt3 £m 

Final proposed dividend per share – pence 

Full year dividend per share – pence 

27.9 

12.9 

6.7 

32.5 

6.8 

23.8 

32.6 

26.6 

6.4 

9.5 

30.5 

14.2 

17.6 

29.3 

12.9 

21.0 

24.3 

35.7 

5.9 

8.7 

+12

+13

+0.2pp

+0

-9

-1.3pp

-62

+11

-47

+14

+34

-25

+8

+9

•  Impressive growth in the Estate Agency Division

•  Investment in Lettings, Financial Services and counter cyclical income streams yielding strong returns

•  Solid first full year performance from Marsh & Parsons – major platform for growth

•  Surveying Division constrained by impact of contract renewals and declining lender market share

•  Costs for professional indemnity (PI) claims have tracked as expected since June 2012 

•  Extremely cash generative. Cash inflow from operations up 34% to £32.6m and £6.3m generated from 

disposal of freehold properties

•  Net Bank Debt3 reduced by 25% to £26.6m at 31st December 2012 (31st December 2011: £35.7m)

•  Full year dividend up 9% to 9.5 pence per share

1  Underlying Operating Profit is before exceptional costs, contingent consideration.  
amortisation of intangible assets and share-based payments.

2 Excluding Marsh & Parsons which was acquired in November 2011.

3 Refer to note 30 for the calculation.

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

030303

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LSL’s Markets
LSL operates across the 
residential property 
services value chain

25.5%

6.3%

13.0%

49.3%

Group Revenue Split

5.9%

Residential Sales and Lettings 49.3%

Asset Management 5.9%

Mortgage and Protection 13.0%

Other Income 6.3%

Surveying and Valuation Services 25.5%

Market Transaction Data

Our market can be categorised into two principal segments:

  Total Mortgage Approvals for House Purchase1 
   ‘000

  EStAtE AgEncy AnD RELAtED SERVicES

  SuRVEying AnD VALuAtion SERVicES

Estate Agency and Related Services
74.5% of Group revenue in 2012 (2011: 64.9%)

Mortgage and Protection
13.0% of Group revenue in 2012 (2011: 12.6%)

The Estate Agency and Related Services 
segment (the Estate Agency Division) includes 
Residential Sales and Lettings and the related 
markets of Asset Management (including 
repossessions asset management and property 
management for multi property landlords) and 
Financial Services – predominantly mortgage 
and protection brokerage with revenue 
earned directly by the Estate Agency brands 
and through the operation of intermediary 
networks.

Residential Sales and Lettings
49.3% of Group revenue in 2012 (2011: 39.6%)

•  Estate Agency services for residential 

property sales.

•  Comprehensive lettings service for residential 

landlords and tenants.

In 2012 market transaction volumes increased 
slightly but are still at an extremely low point 
in the cycle compared to historic normalised 
levels of 1.2m per annum. Mortgage approvals 
for house purchase rose by 3% during the year 
to 610,000 (2011: 593,000).

Asset Management
5.9% of Group revenue in 2012 (2011: 6.4%)

•  Repossessions asset management services 

for lenders.

•  Property management services for multi 

property landlords.

Repossession volumes fell by 5% to 33,900 
in 2012 (2011: 35,800) which continues to 
be surprising given the general difficulties in 
the housing market and the steady stream of 
disappointing economic news. 

•  Broking services for mortgages.

•  Broking services for mortgage protection 

products.

2012 Total Mortgage Approvals 1,151,000 (2011: 
1,227,000) including House Purchase Approvals 
of 610,000 (2011: 593,000). These volumes are 
less than half normalised levels.

Other Income
6.3% of Group revenue in 2012 (2011:6.4%)

This includes franchising income, conveyancing 
services, EPCs, Home Reports, utilities and 
other products and services to clients of the 
Estate Agency branch network.

Surveying and Valuation Services
25.5% of Group revenue in 2012 (2011: 35.1%)

The Surveying and Valuation Services segment 
(the Surveying Division) includes: 

•  Valuation services for lenders for residential 

mortgage purposes.

•  Surveying services for private house 

purchasers.

Remortgage volumes of 340,000 were down 
by 12.1% compared to 2011 (387,000). Total 
mortgage approvals decreased by 6.3% to 
1,151,000 (2011: 1,227,000) and have now  
been at this level for the last four years. The 
historic normalised level of total transactions  
for the period from 2002 to 2007 was circa  
3.6m per annum.

  516 

597 

575 

593 

610

  2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012

  Remortgage Volumes1 ‘000

  953 

356 

339 

387 

340

  2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012

  Total Mortgage Approvals1 ‘000

  1,979 

1,301 

1,203 

1,227 

1,151

  2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012

  Repossession Volumes2

  40,000 

47,900 

35,800 

35,800 

33,900

  2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012

1 

 Source: Bank of England for “House Purchase Approvals”, 
“Remortgage Approvals” and “Total Mortgage Approvals” 2013.

2.   Source: Council of Mortgage Lenders arrears and repossessions 
data relating to properties taken into possession by first-charge 
mortgage lenders for 2012.

04 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012LSL’s Market Intelligence 

Estate Agency and  
Related Services
LSL Property Services/Acadametrics
House Price index
The monthly House Price Index reports on 
transaction numbers and the movement of 
average house prices in England and Wales, 
including regional data. It is the only house price 
index to use the actual prices at which every 
property in England and Wales was transacted, 
including prices for properties bought with 
cash, derived from Land Registry house price 
data – seasonally and mix adjusted by property 
type – as opposed to valuation estimates 
or asking prices (Crown copyright material 
reproduced with the permission of the Land 
Registry). It also uses the price of every single 
relevant transaction, as opposed to prices based 
upon samples. There is also a separate House 
Price Index for Scotland and for Wales.

For further information or to view the latest copy  
of the report visit: www.lslps.co.uk/news

LSL Buy to Let index
Monthly analysis of approximately 18,000 
rental properties and tenancies in England 
and Wales to determine rents, arrears, yields 
and voids. Figures for the whole country are 
inferred by scaling up from LSL’s market share.

For further information or to view the latest copy  
of the report visit: www.lslps.co.uk/news

LSL First time Buyer Monitor
This quarterly analysis uses the extensive data 
collected from registered first time buyers 
registering as buyers and also first time buyers 
arranging their mortgage with LSL’s Estate Agency 
Division to update the Council of Mortgage 
Lenders’ (CML) first time buyer data. LSL Loan to 
Value data is applied to CML price purchase data 
to calculate deposit and affordability information. 
Sentiment and salary data are derived from a 
survey conducted by LSL. 

For further information or to view the latest copy  
of the monitor visit: www.lslps.co.uk/news

templeton tenant Arrears tracker
This quarterly analysis is based on LSL  
and English Housing Survey data and  
reports on the level of tenant arrears. 

For further information or to view the latest copy  
of the tracker visit: www.lslps.co.uk/news

LSL Landlord Sentiment Survey
A quarterly survey which determines the  
views of landlords on the UK lettings market.

For further information or to view the latest copy  
of the report visit: www.lslps.co.uk/news

Surveying and  
Valuation Services
e.surv chartered Surveyors Mortgage
Monitor – tomorrow’s mortgage data today
Each month e.surv Chartered Surveyors 
produces a forecast on mortgage lending 
volumes and loan to value trends. It does this 
by analysing tens of thousands of valuations 
and uses these trends to extrapolate from the 
Bank of England’s mortgage data to publish 
mortgage approval numbers, weeks before 
the British Bankers Association, Council of 
Mortgage Lenders and Bank of England. The 
typical margin of error on a monthly basis 
is 1% compared to the Bank of England final 
approvals data.
For further information or to view the latest copy  
of the report visit: www.lslps.co.uk/news

e.surv chartered Surveyors 
Repossessions Release
e.surv Chartered Surveyors produces  
a biannual analysis of court-ordered 
repossessions, broken down by postcode.

For further information or to view the latest copy of the 
release visit: www.lslps.co.uk/news

LSL Property Press Awards
These awards celebrate the outstanding 
achievements of property journalists from 
across the UK culminating in a prestigious 
awards event where winners of the seventeen 
categories are announced. The awards, now in 
its third year, will be announced on 18th March 
2013 at 8 Northumberland Place, off Trafalgar 
Square, London.

For further information visit: www.awards.lslps.co.uk

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

05

 
 
 
 
 
LSL Today
LSL has established market leading  
positions in its market segments

LSL is one of the UK’s leading residential property 
services groups operating throughout the 
residential property services value chain – Estate 
Agency, Lettings, Asset Management, Financial 
Services, Surveying and Valuation Services.

It provides a broad range of services to a range of 
customers including lenders, buyers and sellers of 
residential properties, tenants and landlords.

MBO of Your Move 
and e.surv 

Acquisition of Reeds Rains

Acquisition of Linear 
Mortgage Network

MILESTONES

 2004

 2005

 2006

IPO on main 
market, valuing 
the business at 
£208m

ESTATE AGENCY DIVISION – ESTATE AGENCY AND RELATED SERVICES

  RESiDEntiAL SALES AnD LEttingS

•  Second largest estate agency network in the UK 

and the largest lettings network (made up of wholly 
owned, franchised and virtual branches1).

•  Strong established high street brands with 533 

branches (2011: 568) (made up of wholly owned, 
franchised and virtual branches).

•  Exposure to prime Central London property market 
as a result of the acquisition of Marsh & Parsons in 
November 2011. 

•  Branch services include Residential Sales, Lettings 

and Financial Services. 

•  Technically advanced proprietary browser based IT 

systems common across most brands.

•  Successful franchise model operating in 136 
branches across Your Move, Reeds Rains, and 
Intercounty (2011: 142).

•  Members of The Property Ombudsman (TPO), with 
a sales and lettings code of practice. The sales code 
of practice is approved by the Office of Fair Trading.

1Based on LSL’s own calculations and assessment of branch 
numbers using publicly available data.

YOUR MOVE

The largest single brand UK estate agency 
with 293 branches operating throughout the 
UK (made up of wholly owned, virtual and 
franchised branches). Your Move is the most 
visited UK estate agency website* (2011: 314).

www.your-move.co.uk

* Source: Neilsen December 2012

LSLi

LSLi is the holding company for 6 estate 
agency brands with a combined network of 
50 branches (made up of wholly owned and 
franchised branches) (2011: 41).

www.lsli.co.uk

  ASSEt MAnAgEMEnt

• Market leader.

• 10,800 repossessions in 2012 (2011: 11,200).

•  Utilises a network of up to 4,200 (2011: 3,500) 

estate agency branches.

LSL CORPORATE CLIENT DEPARTMENT 

LSL Corporate Client Department started 
trading in 2008 and operates a repossessions 
asset management business and a property 
management business for multi-property 
landlords. 

www.lsl-ccd.co.uk

ST TRINITY ASSET MANAGEMENT 

The Group’s second asset management 
business was created in 2010 following the 
acquisition of HEAL Corporate Services (as 
part of the HEAL Business acquisition).

www.sttrinityassetmanagement.co.uk

Mortgage Advice

REEDS RAINS

MARSH & PARSONS

TEMPLETON LPA

A predominantly northern based network of 
175 branches (made up of wholly owned and 
franchised branches) (2011: 199).

www.reedsrains.co.uk

Leading London premium brand estate 
agency operating in the Central, West and 
South West London property markets out  
of 15 branches (2011: 14).

www.marshandparsons.co.uk

Law of Property Act fixed charge receiver.

www.templetonlpa.co.uk

06

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

ESTATE AGENCY DIVISION – ESTATE AGENCY AND RELATED SERVICES

Estate Agency acquisition of Intercounty, 
Frosts and JNP

Cheltenham & Gloucester valuations panel 
management contract acquired

Acquisition of Ekins from Barclays Bank 
plc and grant of associated surveying and 
valuation services agreement

Investment in Legal Marketing 
Services and LMS Direct 
Conveyancing

Acquisition of Marsh & Parsons 
and entry into the prime 
Central London residential 
property market.

Commencement of renewed  
Barclays Bank plc contract

Acquisition of Davis Tate

Acquisition of Lauristons 

LSL increased its shareholding in Zoopla 
which merged with DPG property portal 
businesses during 2012

Launch of PropertyCare+

Launch of Lease Extension services

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Santander contract 
expansion

 2007

 2008

 2009

 2010

 2011

 2012

Launch of separate 
Asset Management 
and Corporate 
Lettings business

Acquisition of the HEAL Business – 206 estate agency branches 
rebranded Your Move, Reed Rains and Intercounty and asset 
management business now trading as St Trinity Asset Management

Acquisition of Templeton LPA Receiver, Home of Choice (business and 
assets acquired by First Complete), Goodfellows and Pink Home Loans 

Launch of private survey initiatives with RICS HomeBuyers Report

  FinAnciAL SERVicES

SURVEYING DIVISION

  SuRVEying AnD VALuAtion SERVicES

•  Specialising in brokerage of mortgage and 

•  Total value of mortgage applications arranged  

•  Market leading provider.

protection products – LSL’s combined appointed 
representative network is the sixth largest 
network in the UK.1

•  Multi brand including Your Move, Reeds Rains, 
Linear Mortgage Network, First Complete and 
Pink Home Loans.

in 2012 was £7.1bn (2011: £6.8bn).

•  408,000 valuation jobs completed in 2012 

1  Source: Which Network – Network Performance Figures  

(2011: 499,000).

for 2012 showing the combined numbers for First 
Complete (6th) and Pink (8th).

•  378 employed surveyors 2012 (2011: 425). 

FIRST COMPLETE 

PINK HOME LOANS

Directly authorised by the FSA, operating a 
mortgage brokerage business and mortgage 
intermediary network. First Complete acts 
as principal for most of LSL’s Estate Agency 
Division, enabling their employed financial 
consultants to offer Financial Services to 
customers of the branch networks.

www.firstcomplete.co.uk

Mortgage network, providing products and 
services to financial intermediaries since 
1990, joining the Group in 2010.

www.pinkhomeloans.co.uk

E.SURV CHARTERED SURVEYORS 

One of the leading firms of Chartered 
Surveyors in the UK, providing services to 
a broad range of lenders and private house 
purchasers. 

www.esurv.co.uk

THE MORTGAGE ALLIANCE

The Mortgage Alliance (which also trades 
as TMA) is a mortgage club which became a 
division of First Complete in June 2011. They 
distribute mortgages and financial services 
products to directly authorised mortgage 
intermediaries.

www.themortgagealliance.com

LINEAR MORTGAGE NETWORK 

Provides financial services including 
mortgages, re-mortgages and life  
assurance through a network of financial 
consultants based remotely and in the 
offices of estate agents. 

www.linearfs.com

For further information  
on all LSL brands please visit  
www.lslps.co.uk

07

 
 
 
 
 
 
LSL’s Strategy
LSL is committed to delivering long term 
shareholder value by building market leading 
positions in the residential property services 
market through both organic growth and 
selective acquisitions 

Estate Agency Division

 combined Financial Services network (including introducer appointed representatives)

533Branches

2011: 568

652Appointed 

Representatives

2011: 721

Advisors

1,113 
378Surveyors

Surveying Division

2011: 1,178

The Group’s strategy is to grow long term 
profitability from the provision of residential 
property services by building long term 
shareholder value across LSL’s two market 
segments:

•  Estate Agency and Related Services (continue 
to grow market share and profitability and 
to expand our presence in the prime Central 
London residential sales and lettings  
markets); and

•  Surveying and Valuation Services (retain key 
lender clients and continue to develop the 
provision of surveying services to private 
clients).

There are significant opportunities for the 
Group to achieve market share growth in its 
market segments.

08

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

2011: 425

EStAtE AgEncy DiViSion

Residential Sales and Lettings
Provide a service proposition that recognises 
customer needs and maximises income across 
the value chain.

In addition the Group will continue to consider 
selective acquisitions across the residential 
property services value chain in order to 
enhance market positions and to grow scale.

Drive organic growth through increasing market 
share of Residential Sales transaction volumes 
and investing further in Lettings services.

Plan to grow LSL’s share of the Central London 
Residential Sales and Lettings markets by 
supporting Marsh & Parsons growth plans and 
augmenting with ‘bolt on’ acquisitions.

Asset Management
Grow market share by providing innovative 
solutions and strong service delivery.

Mortgage and Protection Services
Build strong broker networks for the provision 
of mortgage and protection products and 
realise synergies and costs savings to make the 
networks profitable even at very low transaction 
volumes.

Use the networks to strengthen relationships 
with key lender clients.

SuRVEying DiViSion
Drive market share through continued 
development of strong relationships with 
lenders in order to become their partner of 
choice.

Be renowned for quality and excellence in 
service delivery and provide ongoing strategic 
and operational added value to lenders and 
corporate clients, in this regard LSL actively 
supports the work of the RICS in raising 
consumer awareness of the benefit of surveys 
and improving standards.

Deliver organic growth by continuing to 
develop the market for the provision of 
private surveying services delivered direct to 
private house purchasers with the addition of 
new products such as the launch of the new 
building survey which is being developed in 
consultation with RICS and is planned for 2013.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Business Review

B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

in tHiS SEction

Chairman’s Statement 

Estate Agency Division –  
Estate Agency and Related Services  

Surveying Division –  
Surveying and Valuation Services  

Financial Review 

LSL Board  

10

14

18

20

24

Directors’ Report and Business Review  
of the year ended 31st December 2012.

The Directors have pleasure in presenting their 
annual report and the audited accounts for the 
year ended 31st December 2012.

The Directors’ Report and Business Review is  
set out on pages 2 to 56.

09

 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement
“The Estate Agency Division has demonstrated  
its significant organic growth potential, which  
we will exploit through further investment.” 

GROUP REVENUE

£243.8mm

 2012 

 2011 

£243.8m

£218.4m

GROUP UNDERLYING OPERATING PROFIT

£35.1mm

 2012 

 2011 

£35.1m

£31.1m

1 10

introduction
I am pleased to report that the Group made 
strong progress during 2012 with revenue up 
by 12%, Group Underlying Operating Profit up 
by 13% and Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share 
up 14%, despite there being no improvement 
in market transaction levels. The Estate Agency 
Division had an excellent year as strong like-
for-like growth combined with a first full year 
contribution from Marsh & Parsons more than 
offset a difficult year in the Surveying Division 
due to the impact of major contract renewals. 
Since the exceptional provision for PI claims 
of £17.3m was reported in the 2012 half year 
accounts, the rate and average cost of claims 
have run in line with expectations.

The business is extremely cash generative  
and Net Bank Debt at 31st December 2012 
has been reduced by 25% to £26.6m (2011: 
£35.7m). Investment to drive organic growth 
within the Estate Agency Division has 
continued during the year, particularly in 
Lettings, and two bolt-on acquisitions have 
been made in the South East. 

I am delighted to report an increase in our 
proposed final dividend of 8% to 6.4 pence per 
share (2011: 5.9 pence). This increases the total 
dividend for the year by 9% to 9.5 pence per 
share (2011: 8.7 pence).

The quality of the Group’s earnings has been 
transformed since the sharp decline in the 
housing market in 2007. This is evidenced by 
the extent to which profits are now driven  
by counter cyclical and non cyclical income 
from Lettings and Asset Management. 
Increasing income from these activities  
remains a key strategic priority as well as 
increasing the Group’s exposure to the  
prime Central London market.

In addition, the business is in a stronger 
position than a year ago. The Estate Agency 
Division has demonstrated its significant 
organic growth potential, which we will exploit 
through further investment. We will continue 
to strengthen our position in the prime Central 
London market, where it is planned to open 
a number of new Marsh & Parsons branches 
during the year.

Financial Results
Group revenue increased by 12% to £243.8m 
(2011: £218.4m) and Group Underlying 
Operating Profit increased by 13% to £35.1m 
(2011: £31.1m). Group Underlying Operating 
Margin increased from 14.2% to 14.4%. On a 
like-for-like basis, excluding Marsh & Parsons, 
Group revenue increased slightly to £216.6m 
(2011: £215.7m). On the same basis, Group 
Underlying Operating Profit decreased by 9% to 
£27.9m (2011: £30.5m) due to contract renewals 
and the impact of a challenging market in the 
Surveying Division.

The Estate Agency Division delivered a 138.2% 
increase in Underlying Operating Profit to 
£24.4m (2011: £10.3m). On a like-for-like 
basis, excluding Marsh & Parsons, Underlying 
Operating Profit increased by 78% to £17.2m 
(2011: £9.7m). This performance was delivered 
despite no significant improvement in 
transaction levels. House purchase approvals 
increased by 7% in the first half of the year 
and then decreased by 1% in the second half, 
resulting in a full year increase of 3% to 610,000 
(2011: 593,000). Repossession volumes fell by 
5% to 33,900 in the year (2011: 35,800). The 
Estate Agency Division benefitted from a strong 
full year contribution from Marsh & Parsons, 
excellent growth in Lettings and Financial 
Services, exchange income fee growth and 
increased market share in Asset Management in 
a declining repossessions market.

The Surveying Division revenue was impacted, 
as expected, by key contract renewals and also 
by continued decline in market transaction 
levels, compounded by further reduction in 
market shares of certain key lender clients. 
Total mortgage approvals decreased by 6% to 
1.16m (2011: 1.23m), including a 12% decrease 
in remortgages to 340,000 (2011: 387,000). 
Surveying Division revenue decreased by 19% 
and Underlying Operating Profit was £13.9m 
(2011: £23.7m) with Underlying Operating 
Margin of 22.4% (2011: 31.0%). However, 
the Surveying Division continues to provide 
industry leading service levels to clients which 
together with excellent growth in revenue from 
the provision of Surveying Services to private 
buyers, provides a sound platform for growth. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012“The Surveying Division continues to provide 
industry leading service levels to clients which 
together with excellent growth in revenue from the 
provision of Surveying Services to private buyers, 
provides a sound platform for growth.”

INCREASE IN REVENUE FROM PRIVATE SURVEYS

+46%

 2012 

 2011 

£4m

£2.8m

LETTINGS INCOME GROWTH  
(excluding Marsh & Parsons)

+23%

 2012 

 2011 

£35.8m

£29.1m

FINANCIAL SERVICES INCOME GROWTH

+15%

 2012 

 2011 

£31.8m

£27.6m

B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Since making the additional PI provision of 
£17.3m at the 2012 half year, PI costs have 
tracked in line with expectations for the period 
since 1st July 2012. The run rates of new claims 
and costs per claim have been consistent with 
the assumptions made in setting the ‘Incurred 
But Not Reported’ (IBNR) element of the total 
provision which relates to costs estimated to 
be received in the future relating to valuations 
undertaken during the 2004 to 2008 high risk 
lending period. Setting the correct level of IBNR 
provision is highly subjective as it is extremely 
sensitive to small changes in assumptions 
relating to run rates of new claims and costs  
per claim.

Profit before tax, amortisation and exceptional 
costs increased by 13% to £35.1m (2011: 
£31.1m). Total exceptional costs of £17.7m 
(2011: £2.0m) included PI costs of £17.3m. In 
addition, a non cash charge of £4.2m (2011: 
£0.2m) was made relating to employment 
related contingent consideration in 
acquisitions. Amortisation of intangible assets 
during the year reduced to £3.5m (2011: £8.5m) 
following the ending of the C&G contract for 
valuations and associated panel management 
services. Profit before tax was £6.7m (2011: 
£17.6m) and profit after tax was £7.0m (2011: 
£13.2m). On an adjusted basis, earnings per 
share increased by 14% to 23.8p (2011: 21.0p).

Cash generated from operations increased 
by 28% to £26.9m (2011: £21.1m) after capital 
expenditure of £5.7m (2011: £3.2m). Operating 
cash flows included PI payments made in the 
year of £7.7m (2011: £2.9m). The increase in 
PI cash costs was partly driven by the overall 
increase in PI claims during 2012 and also 
by an acceleration in the rate of negotiated 
settlements with some lender claimants. 

Net Bank Debt at 31st December 2012 reduced 
by 25% to £26.6m compared to £35.7m at 
31st December 2011 having invested £3.9m in 
acquisitions and making a further investment 
in Zoopla. Offsetting these investments 
were proceeds of £6.3m from the successful 
freehold disposal programme which generated 
an exceptional profit of £1.4m. The current level 
of debt is almost identical to that in December 

2009 (£25.8m) and despite market volumes 
being 12% lower in 2012 compared to 2009, LSL 
operating profit has increased by 24% over the 
same period. 

Net assets increased to £76.1m at 31st 
December 2012 (2011: £72.4m) including a 
£10.7m valuation uplift following a review of 
the fair value of the investment in Zoopla.

Dividend
As a result of the improved operating 
performance of the Group, the reduction 
in Net Bank Debt and the Board’s positive 
view of future prospects for the business, an 
increased final dividend of 6.4p per share (2011: 
5.9p) will be proposed to Shareholders at the 
forthcoming AGM, increasing the total dividend 
for 2012 by 9% to 9.5p per share (2011: 8.7p 
per share). The ex-dividend date for the final 
dividend is 10th April 2013 with a record date 
of 12th April 2013 and a payment date of 10th 
May 2013. Shareholders have the opportunity 
to elect to reinvest their cash dividend and 
purchase existing shares in LSL through a 
dividend reinvestment plan.

Developments
The Estate Agency Division performed 
exceptionally well with all key income lines 
advancing strongly on a like-for-like basis 
against a broadly flat market backdrop. The 
business is making very good progress towards 
the medium term profit per owned branch 
target of £30,000 to £50,000 which we set 
in 2011. In 2012, profit per owned branch, 
excluding Marsh & Parsons, increased to 
£21,000 from £6,000 in 2011. 

We have made significant investment in our 
Lettings business over the last two years, 
adding a total of 101 new colleagues, and this 
helped to deliver a revenue increase in the year 
of 23% to £35.8m (2011: £29.1m) excluding 
Marsh & Parsons. Residential Sales income, 
excluding Marsh & Parsons, increased by 6% 
to £58.1m (2011: £54.7m) mainly due to an 
increase in the average fee. 

Total Financial Services income delivered 
through our Estate Agency Division branches 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
“The delivery of our strong 
financial results in 2012 was 
based on the commitment 
of all of our colleagues to 
providing the best possible 
service to all of our  
customers.” 

Chairman’s Statement (continued)

and Financial Services intermediary networks 
increased by 15% during 2012 and has now 
increased by over 150% over the last three  
years as a result of the successful roll out of 
Financial Services to the ex HEAL branches and 
the acquisition of new intermediary networks 
in 2010. In total the Group arranged mortgage 
lending of £7.1bn during 2012 (2011: £6.8bn) out 
of a total intermediary lending market estimated 
at £72bn.

Marsh & Parsons delivered a good result with 
instructions increasing by 2% and revenue by 
2% to £27.3m (2011: £26.6m). Operating profit 
increased by 6% to £7.2m (2011: £6.8m). The 
new Earls Court branch has performed well 
and a second opening in Kensington that had 
originally been planned for the fourth quarter 
opened in January 2013. The Group is targeting 
four new branch openings in 2013, including 
Kensington.

Our Asset Management business also suffered 
from a challenging market as repossession 
volumes fell by 5% to 33,900 (2011: 35,800). 
Despite this the business once again increased 
market share and revenue increased by 3% 
to £15.6m (2011: £15.2m). A new property 
management contract was won and came 
on stream during the year and investment 
is committed in 2013 to win further similar 
contracts. 

As reported in July 2012, we have continued 
to make selective acquisitions and have added 
to our Estate Agency Division portfolio in the 
South East with the purchase of Davis Tate and 
Lauristons during 2012. Both businesses are 
performing well and have significant growth 
potential which is one of our key acquisition 
criteria. We will continue to search for similar 
acquisitions funded from our strong cash flows.

We increased our shareholding in Zoopla in 
advance of the merger with Digital Property 
Group and LSL now owns 4.8% of the new 
group. Operating performance has been 
extremely strong since the merger in the 
second half of 2012 and against this positive 
background the Board has reviewed the 
fair value of the shareholding in Zoopla and 

attributed a value equal to the price paid per 
share when LSL acquired an additional stake in 
Zoopla in April 2012. The exercise concluded 
that a fair value of the Zoopla group was £245m 
at 31st December 2012 and as a result we have 
increased the valuation of our holding by 
£10.7m to £11.8m. We are excited that LSL has a 
strategic stake in a group which has such strong 
future prospects. 

The Surveying Division has been impacted by 
the effect of key contract renewals as had been 
expected. In addition, certain key lender clients 
have reduced their market share. However, 
we have continued to invest in the provision 
of industry leading service levels and have 
secured a number of contract renewals. We 
have now worked through the renewal of all 
legacy contracts and margins are expected to 
stabilise around current levels in the short term.

The main source of growth in the Surveying 
Division has been through the provision of 
Surveying Services for private buyers. This 
key strategic initiative which was started 
in December 2010 delivered an increase in 
revenue of 46% to £4.0m (2011: £2.8m) in the 
year. The fourth quarter revenue run rate was 
£5.0m per annum. The number of distribution 
channels has been expanded during 2012 and 
will be developed further in 2013.

corporate governance and Board 
The Board is committed to high levels of 
corporate governance as defined by the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (Code). 

In respect of 2012, the Board has conducted 
an annual review of its effectiveness and that 
of its Committees, taking into account the 
balance of skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge of our businesses and we concluded 
that the Board and its Committees are effective 
and are able to discharge their respective duties 
and responsibilities effectively. 

In addition, whilst no significant issues arose 
from the annual evaluation, a number of 
recommendations were made to further 
improve the effectiveness of the Board and 
these are being implemented.

12

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

During the year, the Nominations Committee 
considered at length the composition of 
the Board and I am delighted that Adrian Gill 
was appointed to the Board as an additional 
independent Non Executive Director with 
effect from 10th September 2012. Adrian 
brings very relevant experience to the Board 
having been on the board of Connells Limited, 
one of the largest and most successful estate 
agency businesses in the UK.

Amongst our Non Executive Directors, we 
now have experience in strategy, estate 
agency, surveying, financial services, the 
residential housing sector, retail and marketing, 
operations, business services, entrepreneurial 
private and public companies, finance, 
customer and employee matters and corporate 
governance.

Other Board changes during the year included 
the retirement of Paul Latham, Non Executive 
Director on 1st October 2012 and Alison 
Traversoni, Executive Director for Surveying 
who stepped down with effect from 31st 
December 2012, for family reasons. 

We recognise the benefits of gender diversity 
and the current Board composition includes 
one female Director, Helen Buck, who is an 
Independent Non Executive Director. Whilst 
we remain of the view that the setting of 
targets for the number of female directors 
on the Board is not necessary and that we 
will continue to appoint on merit, I will ensure 
that our searches take into account diversity, 
including gender. 

LSL has also in 2012 continued to review 
gender diversity across the Group building on 
the gender diversity survey undertaken and 
reported on in 2011. Further detail of this study 
and its conclusions are set out in our Corporate 
Social Responsibility Report. 

As Chairman, with the responsibility for 
leadership of the Board I personally review 
its effectiveness on all aspects of its role and 
encourage feedback. This is in addition to 
regular evaluations of each Director to ensure 
that all Board members receive regular and 
relevant updates to assist them in their roles 
ensuring the continual refreshment of skills  
and knowledge.

People
The number of Group employees decreased 
slightly by 2% to 4,754 (2011: 4,831) due 
principally to the expiry of the C&G contract. 
We did however welcome a large number of 
new colleagues to the Group as a direct result 
of the success of our strategy of pursuing both 
organic and acquisitive growth. I would like to 
welcome all new colleagues to the Group and  
to wish them every success in their careers  
with LSL. 

The delivery of our strong financial results in 
2012 was based on the commitment of all of 
our colleagues to providing the best possible 
service to all of our customers, invariably 
against challenging market conditions. I would 
like to thank all of our employees for their hard 
work and commitment during the year.

current trading and outlook
Market conditions remained challenging during 
2012 with transaction levels at less than half 
of historic norms. It is still too early to judge 
whether there will be a significant positive 
impact on the market from the Government’s 
‘Funding for Lending’ scheme. Overall the 
Group retains a cautious view of the market.

LSL is committed to its strategy of driving 
organic growth in all parts of the business, 
which will more than offset the remaining 
first half year impact of the C&G contract in 
the Surveying Division. We intend to invest 
further to maintain our excellent progress in 
Lettings but also to increase market share in 
Estate Agency, to maximise the new branch 
opening programme in Marsh & Parsons and 
to win new business in corporate Lettings and 
Asset Management. We will also continue to 
grow Financial Services revenue and to expand 
the provision of Surveying Services to private 
buyers. Trading to the end of February 2013 has 
been in line with expectations. Progress on all 
key initiatives has been running to plan.

The Group’s balance sheet is strong with 
relatively low levels of gearing underpinned by 
strong cash generation. We will continue with 
a prudent approach to leverage but we still 
have considerable scope to pursue a strategy 
of further organic investment initiatives and 
selective acquisitions. The Board is confident 
that this strategy will deliver increased 
shareholder value into the medium term, even 
without a recovery in market conditions.

Roger Matthews
chairman

28th February 2013

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
Estate Agency Division –  
Estate Agency and Related Services
The Estate Agency Division performed exceptionally well 
with all key income lines advancing strongly on a like-for-like 
basis against a broadly flat market backdrop

2011: + 18%

2011: + 49%

2011: + 5%

2011: 7%

 LETTINGS INCOME1  

 FINANCIAL SERVICES INCOME1 

+23%
+ 15%
+6%
11.1%

 EXCHANGE FEES1  

 UNDERLYING OPERATING MARGIN1 

1 Like-for-like (excluding Marsh & Parsons)

14

Financial
Exchange fees
Lettings income
Asset Management income
Financial Services income
Other income1

Actual – including  
Marsh & Parsons

Like-for-like – excluding  
Marsh & Parsons

2012 £m

2011 £m % change

2012 £m

2011 £m % change

72.0
48.0
14.3
31.8
15.5

56.7
29.5
13.9
27.6
14.1

27
63
2
15
10

58.1
35.8
14.3
31.8
14.4

54.8
29.1
13.9
27.6
13.8

Total income
Operating expenditure
Underlying Operating Profit

181.6
(157.2)
24.4

141.8
(131.5)
10.3

28
20
138

154.4
(137.2)
17.2

139.2
(129.5)
9.7

KPis
Exchange units
Market Share (%)
Underlying Operating Margin (%)
Fee per unit

27,762
4.55
13.5
2,596

27,398
4.62
7.2
2,070

1
(1)
86
25

26,966
4.42
11.1
2,154

27,297
4.60
7.0
2,005

6
23
2
15
4

11
6
78

(1)
(4)
60
7

1  ‘Other income’ includes franchising income, conveyancing services, EPCs, Home Reports, utilities and other products and 

services to clients of the branch network.

Estate Agency  
Performance
Estate Agency Division Performance
It has been a year of transformation for LSL 
with the profitability of the Estate Agency 
Division, excluding Marsh & Parsons, growing 
to a level 31% higher than that delivered at the 
peak of the market in 2006 when transaction 
volumes were more than twice the volume of 
2012. Furthermore the quality of the Estate 
Agency Division’s earnings has also significantly 
improved over the period since 2007, given 
the extent to which profits are now driven by 
counter cyclical and non cyclical income from 
Lettings, Asset Management and exposure 
to the prime Central London market through 
Marsh & Parsons.

The Estate Agency Division delivered a strong 
performance in 2012 with excellent growth in 
Lettings and Financial Services income streams. 
The number of mortgage approvals for house 
purchases increased by 7% in the first half 
of the year and then decreased by 1% in the 
second half, resulting in a full year increase of 
3% to 610,000 (2011: 593,000) which compares 
to historic normalised levels of 1.2m. 

Against this background, total Estate Agency 
Division income increased by 28% to £181.6m 
(2011: £141.8m) and on a like-for-like basis by 
11% to £154.4m (2011: £139.2m). Underlying 
Operating Profit increased by 138% to £24.4m 
(2011: £10.3m) and on a like-for-like basis by 
78% to £17.2m (2011: 9.7m). 

Estate Agency Division Branches
Your Move, Reeds Rains and the LSLi brands 
all continued to perform well during the 
year despite no significant improvement in 
transaction levels. Residential Sales income 
increased by 6% to £58.1m (2011: £54.8m) on 
a like-for-like basis due mainly to an increase in 
the average fee. Average fees increased by 7% 
on a like-for-like basis to £2,154 (2011: £2,005). 

The Estate Agency Division has identified a 
number of key initiatives including investment 
in additional staff into the branches to 
continue to drive both market share growth 
as well as average fee during 2013. We will 
continue to increase our market share of higher 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012value properties, which is challenging in the 
prevailing market conditions. LSL has had some 
success in this area already and it remains a 
major opportunity for the future.

counter cyclical income
The counter cyclical income streams 
of Lettings and Asset Management are 
particularly important to LSL in current market 
conditions. In 2012 LSL has continued to focus 
on growing Lettings income an additional 
101 employees have been recruited over the 
last two years to help drive a 23% increase in 
like-for-like Lettings income to £35.8m (2011: 
£29.1m). Excluding Marsh & Parsons, Lettings 
income was 62% of the level of Residential 
Sales in 2012 and LSL’s objective is to raise 
Lettings income to a similar level to Residential 
Sales income, as has been achieved in Marsh & 
Parsons where the ratio is 87%. 

Additional Lettings consultants will continue 
to be recruited in 2013 to further drive Lettings 
income. In addition, LSL’s call centre ‘The 
Bridge’ which was launched in January 2011 
to drive Residential Sales instructions, will 
be expanded in 2013 to also drive Lettings 
instructions.

Despite the uncertain economic conditions 
impacting the housing market, repossession 
volumes fell by 5% to 33,900 in 2012 (2011: 
35,800). We are pleased that LSL’s market share 
in Asset Management has increased during 
the year with revenue up by 2% to £14.3m 
(2011: £13.9m) in a declining market. LSL’s 
Asset Management business is well positioned 
to capitalise on an increase in repossession 
volumes when they eventually occur.

The Group now benefits from total counter 
cyclical income from Lettings and Asset 
Management of £62.3m compared to £43.5m 
in 2011 and only £12.8m in 2007 before the 
launch of LSL’s Asset Management businesses. 

Financial Services
Total Financial Services income delivered 
through to the Estate Agency Division’s 
branches and intermediary networks increased 
by 15% during 2012 to £31.8m (2011: £27.6m). 

It has now increased by over 150% in the last 
three years as a result of the successful roll out 
of Financial Services to the ex HEAL branches 
and the acquisition of new intermediary 
networks in 2010. In total the Group arranged 
mortgage lending of £7.1bn during 2012 (2011: 
£6.8bn) out of a total intermediary lending 
market estimated at £72bn1.

Marsh & Parsons
Marsh & Parsons delivered a good first full 
year contribution with revenue increasing by 
2% to £27.3m (2011: £26.6m2) and Underlying 
Operating Profit increasing by 6% to £7.2m 
(2011: £6.8m2). 

During 2012, a new branch was opened in 
Earls Court which is performing well. A second 
opening in Kensington, which was originally 
planned for the fourth quarter of 2012, actually 
opened in January 2013. The group is targeting 
a further three new branch openings in 2013.

Developments
The main Estate Agency developments during 
2012 were continued investment in Lettings, 
consolidating the success of ‘The Bridge’ call 
centre in driving new instructions to branches 
and securing a strong first year performance 
from Marsh & Parsons while continuing the 
branch roll out programme.

We have also invested significantly in 
Asset Management to win new property 
management contracts and successfully 
brought the first of these on stream  
during 2012.

In addition we have grown Financial Services 
income across our intermediary networks, 
trading as Pink, First Complete and Linear.  
We are in the process of rolling out a new 
common platform across these businesses 
which will improve customer service and 
increase operational efficiency.

During 2012, the Group has continued to 
make selective acquisitions and have added to 
our Estate Agency Division in the South East 
through the acquisitions of Davis Tate and 
Lauristons. 

B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Looking forward to 2013 we will continue with 
the same strategy focusing in particular on 
investment in Lettings and Residential Sales, 
rolling out new branches in Marsh & Parsons 
and investment in Asset Management. We 
will continue to identify selective acquisitions 
funded from our strong cash flows.

Regulation
First Complete and Advance Mortgage 
Funding are both directly authorised by the 
FSA in relation to the sale of mortgage, pure 
protection and general insurance products. 
Your Move, Reeds Rains Financial Services and 
Reeds Rains along with the LSLi subsidiaries are 
all appointed representatives of First Complete, 
while Linear Mortgage Network is an appointed 
representative of Advance Mortgage Funding 
for mortgage and insurance business and also 
an appointed representative of Openwork 
Limited (Openwork) (for investment business). 
Reeds Rains is also an appointed representative 
of Letsure Limited for the sale of rent indemnity 
insurance.

As a result of Linear Mortgage Network’s 
appointment by Openwork, LSL has a small 
indirect shareholding of Openwork.

1  Source: Council of Mortgage Lenders January 2013 – gross 

lending £143bn – based on company calculation intermediary 
lending market is 50% of this.

2 Includes the results prior to the acquisition in November 2011.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
Estate Agency Division –  
Estate Agency and Related Services (continued)

Breakdown of Estate Agency 
branches as at 31st December 2012

owned

Franchised

totals

your Move 

Reeds Rains

LSLi

Marsh & Parsons

totals

216

123

43

15

397

77

52

7

–

136

293

175

50

15

533

The above branch numbers include 5 virtual branches

16

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012The Estate Agency Division businesses, achieved the following 
industry awards demonstrating LSL’s continued commitment to 
customer service

Achievements/Awards 2012 and 2013

 LSL LAND & NEW HOMES 

 REEDS RAINS 

 INTERCOUNTY 

Estate Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times
• Best New Homes – Silver Award 

Estate Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times
• Best Financial Services – Silver Award

Estate Agency of the year Awards 2012,  
sponsored by the Sunday times
•  South East Lettings Agency of the Year –  

B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Silver Award

 PINK HOME LOANS

Financial Advisor 5 Star Awards 2012
•  Mortgage category – Winner 

Mortgage Strategy Awards 2012 
•  Best Mortgage Network Category – Runner up

 LINEAR MORTGAGE NETWORK

Mortgage Strategy Awards 2012
•  Best Broker for Protection – Winner
•  Best Broker for General Insurance – Finalist 

 FIRST COMPLETE 

Mortgage Strategy Awards 2012
•  Best Mortgage Network – Winner
•  Best Network – Finalist

 THE BRIDGE

South West contact centre Awards
• Team Leader of the Year Award 2012
• Finalist in the Training Category

 LSL CORPORATE CLIENT DEPARTMENT 

Mortgage Finance gazette Awards 2013
•  Best Debt and Arrears Strategy (non lenders)  

– Highly commended 

the negotiator Awards 2012
•  Property Manager of the Year –  

Highly commended

Mortgage Finance gazette Awards 2012
•  Excellence in Treating Customers Fairly  

(non lenders) –Winner

 YOUR MOVE 

Estate Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times 
•  Best Financial Services – Silver Award
•  Prestige Agency – Bronze Award 

negotiator Awards 2012 
• Franchise of the Year – Winner 
•  National Estate Agency of the Year – Highly 

commended 

•  Residential Mortgage Broker of the Year – 

Highly commended 

Lettings Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times 
•  Best Lettings Agency Franchise – Silver
• Best Student Lettings Agency – Silver
• Best UK Large Lettings Agency – Bronze 

Lettings Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times
•  Best Lettings Agency in Northern Ireland – 

gold Award 

 MARSH & PARSONS 

Estate Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times
•  Best Customer Service – gold Award
•  Best London Estate Agency (Medium) –  

gold Award

•  Best Website – Silver Award 

the negotiator Awards 2012
•   National Estate Agency of the Year – Winner

Lettings Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times:
•  Best Medium Lettings Agency in London – 

gold Award

 LSLi – JON COOKE, MD

Estate Agency of the year Awards 2012, 
sponsored by the Sunday times
•  Outstanding Contribution to Estate Agency 

   Jon Cooke, LSLi MD received the award 
in acknowledgement of his long term 
commitment to the estate agency industry. 
This includes his passion for ensuring a 
high standard of service to the public, his 
talent for providing diverse opportunities 
and advice to fellow estate agents and his 
philanthropic contribution to the community 
as demonstrated by his creation of the Zoopla 
British Property Cycle event. 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
Surveying Division –  
Surveying and Valuation Services
The Surveying Division revenue was impacted, as expected, 
by key contract renewals and also by continued decline in 
market transaction levels

+46%

 2012 

 2011 

£4m

£2.8m

increase in revenue 
delivered through  
the provision of 
surveying services  
for private buyers 

+22.4%

 2012                                      22.4%

 2011                                                               31.0%

operating profit margin

18

Financial
Revenue
Operating expenditure
Underlying Operating Profit

KPIs
Profit margin (%)
Jobs performed (000s)
Revenue from private surveys (£m)
Income per job (£)
PI insurance (balance sheet) provision at 31st December (£m)
Number of surveyors

2012 £m

2011 £m % change

62.2
(48.3) 
13.9

76.6
(52.9) 
23.7

22.4
408
4.0
152
24.2
378

31.0
500
2.8
153
9.6
425

-19
-9
-41

-18
46
-1
150
-11

Surveying  
Division Performance
Turnover fell by 19% to £62.2m (2011: £76.6m) 
with the total numbers of jobs performed 
reducing by 18% to 408,000 (2011: 500,000). 
This was driven by a decline in total mortgage 
approvals during 2012 which decreased by 6% 
to 1.16m, further adverse changes in lender 
market share and the impact of key contract 
renewals including the ending of a key 
contract in June 2012, due to a decision by a 
lender client to transfer their valuations and 
associated panel management instructions 
back in-house. Turnover from this contract 
declined by £7.0m to £5.5m (2011: £12.5m). 

Against this difficult backdrop the Surveying 
Division has traded well. It has continued 
to provide industry leading service levels to 
clients and has made excellent progress in 
developing surveying services for private 
buyers which has delivered exceptional 
revenue growth of 46% to £4.0m in the year 
(2011: £2.8m). This provides us with a strong 
platform for future growth in this area.

Underlying Operating Profit was £13.9m 
(2011: £23.7m) and the Underlying Operating 
Profit Margin was 22.4% (2011: 31.0%) which 
reflected both the overall revenue decline 
and further investment in provision of high 
service levels for all lender clients. LSL has 
now successfully managed a difficult year 
of legacy contract renewals. As part of the 
investment in the business there was a switch 

towards the use of employed surveyors rather 
than contractors though the total number 
of employed surveyors decreased to 378 
(2011: 425) as result of the expiry of the C&G 
contract. 

Since making the additional PI provision of 
£17.3m at the 2012 half year, PI costs have 
tracked in line with expectations. The run 
rates of new claims and costs per claim have 
been consistent with the assumptions made 
in setting the ‘Incurred But Not Reported’ 
(IBNR) element of the total provision which 
relates to costs estimated to be received in 
the future relating to valuations done during 
the 2004 to 2008 high risk lending period. 
Setting the correct level of IBNR provision is 
highly subjective as it is extremely sensitive to 
small changes in assumptions relating to run 
rates of new claims and costs per claim.

Surveying Division Developments
The major growth initiative in the Surveying 
Division has been the expansion of provision 
of surveying services for private buyers. This 
key strategic programme was only started in 
December 2010 and delivered an increase in 
revenue of 46% to £4.0m (2011: £2.8m) in the 
year. The fourth quarter revenue run rate was 
£5.0m. The number of distribution channels 
has been expanded during 2012 and will be 
developed further in 2013.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

e.surv Chartered Surveyors successfully 
renewed the Barclays Bank plc surveying and 
valuation services contract for a 30 month 
term commencing from 1st January 2012. 
Following Lloyds Banking Group’s decision to 
take the C&G contract back in house, LSL has 
now worked through the renewal of all legacy 
contracts and the Board expects margins to 
stabilise around current levels in the short term. 

The Surveying Division serves key lender clients 
through both exclusive contracts and through 
panel management arrangements. LSL is 
continuing to invest in the Surveying Division 
business in order to maintain high service 
levels for all clients. During 2012 we have 
successfully trialled new tablet computers for 
surveyors to use when performing valuations 
on site and this is now being rolled out across 
all of our surveyors. Feedback from both 
key lender clients and private customers has 
been consistently positive during 2012 and 
we are focused on meeting demanding key 
service measures. These include turnaround 
time for valuations reflecting LSL’s use of 
innovative technology, including the new 
tablets, the flexibility of the panel management 
arrangements and assisting lenders in the 
management of the risk of mortgage fraud. 

e.surv Chartered Surveyors  
Achievements/Awards 2012

e.surv Chartered Surveyors, LSL’s largest surveying business, has achieved a number  
of awards and accreditations:

Equity Release Awards 2012
•  Best Surveyor

Mortgage Strategy Awards 2012
•  Best Surveyor/Valuer

Sunday times – Best companies 2012 – one to watch
•  e.surv Chartered Surveyors received this award in February 2012, having come extremely 

close to being in the top 100 in 2011. 

iiP Accreditation
The Investors in People accreditation was once again achieved at the Head Office location  
in Kettering. 

MPF European Leadership Awards 2012
•  Best Innovation in Client Service or Relationship Management Nominee:

Having been listed as a finalist at the MPF European Practice Management Awards for Risk 
Management in 2011, e.surv Chartered Surveyors has once again received a nomination in 2012. 
This time the nomination for the MPF European Leadership Awards relates to client service and 
relationship management. These awards recognise the integrated and embedded approach and 
active involvement to relationship management promoted by e.surv Chartered Surveyors.

BSi iSo 9001 Accreditation: 
•  e.surv Chartered Surveyors once again secured an extension to its ISO 9001:2008, which 
was originally achieved in 1996. e.surv Chartered Surveyors again conformed 100% to the 
requirements of the internationally recognised standard, when independently reviewed by 
the leading global provider of standards and certification body, British Standards Institution 
(BSi). This also covers quality management systems, maintained by the International 
Organisation for Standardisation. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Review
The key drivers of the financial performance  
of LSL in 2012 are summarised below

GROUP REVENUE

+12%

 2012 

 2011 

£243.8m

£218.4m

GROUP UNDERLYING OPERATING PROFIT

£35.1m

 2012 

£35.1m

 2011  

£31.1m

OPERATING CASH FLOW AFTER CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

£26.9m

£26.9m

 2012 

 2011  

£21.1m

NET BANK DEBT

£26.6m

£26.6m

 2012 

 2011  

£35.7m

20

Income Statement
Revenue
Revenue increased by 12% to £243.8m in 
the year ended 31st December 2012 (2011: 
£218.4m). On a like-for-like basis, excluding 
Marsh & Parsons, revenue increased slightly  
to £216.6m (2011: £215.7m).

operating Expenses Excluding Exceptional 
costs, Amortisation and Share Based Payment
Operating expenses increased by 12% to 
£211.1m (2011: £189.0m). This was mainly in  
the Estate Agency Division and was due to 
higher revenue. The average number of full 
time equivalent employees during the year  
was 4,113 (2011: 3,930).

underlying operating Profit
Group Underlying Operating Profit increased 
by 13% to £35.1m (2011: £31.1m) with the 
Underlying Operating Profit Margin of 14.4% 
(2011: 14.2%). 

Exceptional items
Total net exceptional costs in 2012 were £21.4m 
(2011: £2.4m). The main exceptional costs in 
2012 were PI costs of £17.3m; movements in 
the provision for contingent consideration on 
acquisitions which were expensed through the 
income statement of £4.2m; and redundancy 
and other associated branch closure costs 
including onerous lease provisions of £1.9m. 
These costs were offset by a gain on the sale of 
the freehold properties totaling £1.4m. In 2011, 
the main exceptional costs were acquisition 
costs of £1.6m associated with the purchase of 
Marsh & Parsons.

Provision for PI Claims/Notifications
During 2012 the Group has seen a 
deterioration in claims experienced relating to 
the 2004 to 2008 period, which was a period 
of relatively high risk lending characterised by 
higher house prices, high loan-to-value ratios 
and considerable levels of buy-to-let and  
sub-prime lending. As a result the provision  
for PI costs has been increased.

The PI provision was made up of a ‘Specific 
Provision’ and ‘Incurred But Not Reported’ 
(IBNR). The Specific Provision was based on 
the Group’s review of any notifications or 

claims which had been made against the 
Group as at 31st December 2012. The main 
factors considered in quantifying the Specific 
Provision were the likelihood that a claim would 
be successful, an assessment of the likely 
cost for each claim, including any associated 
legal costs, and whether any reduction in the 
claim is considered likely due to contributory 
negligence of the lender.

The IBNR provision, was based on the Directors’ 
estimates on the number of claims which 
would be received in the future with regard to 
work completed before 31st December 2012. 
The Directors have then applied an average cost 
per case, based on historical averages,  
to estimate the IBNR provision.

The increase in the PI provision was partly 
driven by lenders, most of whom are no longer 
active in the market, pursuing notifications and 
claims previously considered dormant.  
It has also been necessary to make additional 
provisions for existing claims which are being 
aggressively pursued by lenders who often use 
solicitors engaged on a no win, no fee basis. 
This trend has increased recently in advance 
of April 2013 when it is expected that the 
legislation governing civil litigation will change. 

Both these factors have had a significant impact 
on the IBNR provision required for notifications 
and claims estimated to be received in the 
future for the 2004 to 2008 period. The 
primary statutory limitation for this period 
ends during 2014. It should be noted this was 
the Directors’ best estimate of future claims 
and the conclusions on the appropriate level of 
IBNR provision are sensitive to small changes 
in assumptions and are therefore highly 
subjective. The additional charge relating to the 
2004 to 2008 risk years has been included as an 
exceptional item. 

Further, we have however continued to build 
a provision for estimated PI costs relating 
to valuations completed since 2009, and an 
Income Statement charge has been made 
in these results and the charge has been 
considered as an operating expense rather than 
as an exceptional cost. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Contingent Consideration
The revised version of IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations which is in place for acquisitions 
which occurred post 1st January 2010, has 
tightened the criteria linking contingent 
consideration to service. In acquisitions in 
2011 and 2012, contingent consideration 
arrangements have been accounted for as 
remuneration as the arrangements involved 
the vendors forfeiting amounts otherwise due 
if services were not provided. 

The acquisition of Marsh & Parsons in 
November 2011 has resulted in an exceptional 
expense of £1.8m (2011: £0.1m) in 2012. 
Assuming the level of profits and new branch 
openings remain on forecast, this charge is 
expected to continue at this level until 31st 
December 2015. The acquisitions of Davis 
Tate and Lauristons in 2012 resulted in an 
exceptional expense of £2.3m (2011: £nil),  
but the impact of these acquisitions on future 
years will be far smaller unless there are 
significant changes in the forecast profitability 
of these acquisitions. 

net Financial costs
Net financial costs (excluding exceptional 
finance costs) amounted to £2.9m (2011: 
£1.8m). The finance costs related principally 
to interest and fees on the revolving credit 
facility, however, £0.8m (2011: £0.4m) of the 
costs relates to the unwinding of discounts  
on provisions.

taxation
The effective rate of corporation tax for the 
year was 19.0% (2011: 26.3%) excluding prior 
year adjustments. The effective tax rate for 
2012 and 2011 was impacted by non-taxable 
income for joint ventures and the impact of 
a rate change on the deferred tax liability, 
contingent consideration recognised as 
an expense and the impact of temporary 
differences on certain non-qualifying 
properties no longer being recognised. 
Excluding these impacts the effective tax  
rate is 28.6% (2011: 31.7%).

Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share
The Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share (as 
calculated in note 10) is 23.8p (2011: 21.0p). 
The Directors consider this provides a better 
and more consistent indicator of the Group’s 
underlying performance.

Balance Sheet
capital Expenditure
Total capital expenditure in the year amounted 
to £5.7m (2011: £3.2m). Most of the increase 
in capital expenditure was due to expenditure 
by Marsh & Parsons which was acquired 
in November 2011. The majority of this 
expenditure was associated with new  
branch openings.

Financial Structure
As at 31st December 2012 Net Bank Debt was 
£26.6m (2011: £35.7m). LSL has a £75.0m 
revolving credit facility in place until March 
2014 (2011: £75.0m). Net Bank Debt decrease 
followed the payment of £3.7m for various 
new acquisitions by the Estate Agency Division, 
£0.9m to increase the Group’s stake in Zoopla, 
£2.2m repayment of other loans and an 
increase in dividend paid in the year of £0.3m. 

The revolving credit facility expires in 
March 2014 and the Directors have initiated 
discussions with a number of lenders to 
refinance the facility. The refinance request has 
been received positively by all lenders and the 
Directors do not believe that there will be any 
issues in extending the facility on similar terms 
to those currently received by the Group and 
will look to finalise negotiations in the first  
half of 2013.

cash Flow
The Group produced £26.9m (2011: £21.1m) of 
operating cash flow after capital expenditure 
of £5.7m (2011: £3.2m). Cash flow was higher 
compared to the previous year due to the 
increase in Group Underlying Operating Profit. 
During the year the Group sold a number of 
freehold properties which were acquired as 
part of the HEAL acquisition. Net proceeds of 
£6.2m (2011: £nil) were received generating an 
exceptional profit of £1.4m.

B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Zoopla 
In April 2012, the Group acquired a further 
1.38% of Zoopla for £0.9m. In August 2012, 
Zoopla merged with Digital Property Group 
(DPG), owner of Findaproperty.com and 
Primelocation.com. As part of the merger, any 
warrants held in Zoopla were exercised so that 
the Group owned 4.81% of the post-merger 
entity. At 31st December 2012, the Board 
reviewed the fair value of Zoopla and assessed 
the fair value to be £6.03 per share, in line 
with the price paid in April 2012. This valued 
the Zoopla group at £245m, with the Group’s 
share being £11.8m. This resulted in a £10.7m 
valuation uplift being recorded through the fair 
value reserve. 

net Assets
The Net assets as at 31st December 2012 were 
£76.1m (2011: £72.4m). 

treasury and Risk Management
LSL has an active debt management policy 
and due to the cash generative nature of the 
business, the Group’s Net Bank Debt position at 
31st December 2012 is £26.6m (2011: £35.7m). 
The Group has an interest rate swap in place 
which fixes the interest on borrowings up to 
£25.0m at an average LIBOR rate of 2.93%, 
which provides a degree of predictability 
on finance costs. LSL does not hold or issue 
derivatives or other financial instruments for 
trading purposes.

international Financial  
Reporting Standards (iFRS)
The Financial Statements have been prepared 
under IFRS as adopted by the European Union. 
LSL commenced reporting under IFRS from 1st 
January 2005.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Review (continued)

Relationships
The Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) 
Statement at pages 50 to 56 details the 
arrangements for all LSL companies in  
relation to: 

•  Employment (including Equal Opportunities); 

•  Health, Safety and Welfare; 

•  Environmental; and 

•  Social and Community Interests (including 
social and ethical issues).

Other than our Shareholders, LSL’s performance 
and value are influenced by other stakeholders, 
principally our customers, suppliers, 
employees, Government and our strategic 
partners. LSL’s approach with all these parties is 
founded on the principles of open and honest 
dialogue based on a mutual understanding of 
needs and objectives.

For example:

•  Lenders’ relationships are managed via 

dedicated account managers.

•  Employees are managed and consulted both 
on an individual basis and via representative 
groups with LSL recognising Unite as an 
employee representative body.

•  Group companies participate in relevant trade 

associations and industry groups, such as 
Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS), 
the Association of Mortgage Intermediaries 
(AMI), the National Association of Estate 
Agents (NAEA), the Association of Residential 
Lettings Agents (ARLA), National Federation 
of Property Professionals (NFoPP) and The 
Property Ombudsman (TPO), because these 
give us genuine access to customer views and 
decision makers in Government and other 
regulatory bodies.

•  Further, the Group aims to build partnerships 
with the communities in which it operates 
and to offer support in addition to providing 
employment and training, using local services 
and suppliers where possible and paying 
taxes.

Environmental Matters
LSL recognises that the environment has 
an intrinsic value, central to the quality of 
life and underpins economic development. 
LSL understands that its stakeholders are 
interested in how LSL manages its impact on 
the environment and how it is performing. 
Further, stakeholders may also provide 
LSL with views and opinions which can 
strengthen LSL’s approach to environmental 
management. Accordingly, LSL is committed to 
communicating on environmental matters with 
all interested parties. Appropriate guidance 
and training is also provided to all employees to 
ensure they have an awareness of their impact 
on the environment and the role that they play 
in managing the impact.

For further information on other environmental 
issues including LSL’s activities in preparation of 
Mandatory Emissions Reporting in 2014, please 
see LSL’s CSR Statement which is set out at 
pages 50 to 56 of this Report.

Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties
LSL’s risk management arrangements form 
an integral part to its overall framework for 
the management of risks and maintaining 
internal controls. Through the framework, the 
Board continually identifies, evaluates and 
manages the principal risks and uncertainties 
faced by LSL and which could adversely affect 
its business, operating results and financial 
condition. 

This risk management and internal controls 
framework includes:

a.  Ownership of the risk management and 

internal controls framework by the Board, 
supported by the Company Secretary, Head 
of Risk and Audit and the Group Financial 
Controller;

b.  A network of risk owners in each of LSL’s 
businesses with specific responsibilities 
relating to risk management and internal 
controls;

c.  The documentation and monitoring of 

risks are recorded and managed through 
standardised risk registers which undergo 
regular reviews and scrutiny by local boards 
and the Head of Risk and Audit;

d.  The Board regularly reviews a consolidated 
risk register as part of the planning and 
reporting cycle to ensure that risks which 
impact the Group are identified, monitored 
and mitigated; and

e.  Reporting by the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee to the Board on any matters 
which have arisen from the Audit 
Committee’s review of the way in which 
the risk management and internal control 
framework has been applied together with 
any breakdowns in, or exceptions to, these 
procedures.

Listed opposite are the risks which the 
Board has identified as being significant, and 
therefore the principal risks and uncertainties 
faced by LSL, together with details of key 
mitigation initiatives, which are subject to 
regular review. 

LSL also faces other risks which, although 
important and subject to regular review, have 
been assessed as less significant and are not 
listed here. This includes some risks which 
were reported in previous years’ Annual Report 
and Accounts and which through changes in 
external factors and careful management are 
no longer material to the Group as a whole.

However, many risk factors remain beyond the 
direct control of LSL and the risk management 
framework and procedures can only provide 
reasonable but not absolute assurance that the 
principal risks and uncertainties are managed to 
an acceptable level.

Further information relating to the 
management of these risks and uncertainties 
is set out in the Corporate Governance Report 
(Internal Controls) of this Report on page 38.

22

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012  Principal Risk and Uncertainty 

Mitigation 

•  The continued volatility and economic uncertainty within the UK. In 

particular, within the UK housing market, transaction volumes (both house 
purchase and remortgage) and house prices may adversely affect the 
profitability and cash flow of all our key brands and businesses. 

•  The current economic uncertainty especially in the financial sector (both 

within the Eurozone and the UK) could also impact on lender behaviour and 
the availability of mortgage credit which will have a consequential impact on 
the housing market by impacting mortgage availability.

The Board regularly focuses on counter cyclical income streams to ensure that 
the growth in income in Lettings and Asset Management set off the impact of 
reduced transaction numbers.

The Board regularly reviews trends in market volumes and decides whether any 
actions such as cost base reduction measures are required. 

•  LSL has an exposure to the Central London property market via Marsh 
& Parsons. While historically the London market has been more robust 
compared to the rest of the UK, there is a risk that the London market fails to 
grow or that LSL fails to maximise the potential growth.  

Marsh & Parsons is a well managed business with a diversified strategy. It operates 
in all key segments of the London market. The Board closely monitors the 
company’s performance. Further, regular reviews of trends in market volumes are 
undertaken and decisions made on any cost base reduction measures.

B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

•  Loss of key surveying or corporate services clients or contracts at their 

renewal date or significant reduction in volumes combined with pressure on 
fees, either as a result of adverse market conditions, market consolidation, 
competition or inadequate service delivery. 

•  Liability for inaccurate professional services advice to clients (e.g. inaccurate 
valuations) together with the risk that LSL fails to maintain appropriate risk 
management arrangements.

There has been an increased investment in customer services to retain existing 
clients and attract new ones. In addition, we are continuing to develop our 
private survey proposition to provide an alternative income stream.

Monitoring arrangements include oversight by the Board (including regular 
review of the PI provision) and appropriate quality controls and Internal Audit 
reviews of services provided on a sample basis. There are also specific operational 
controls implemented within the Surveying Division which include a risk based 
criteria for the identification of transactions to be reviewed by on-site specialists.

•  Failure to effectively deliver and manage the market share and fee growth 

Regular monitoring by the Board is undertaken on the Division’s progress.

initiatives for Estate Agency. 

•  Failure to comply with existing legislation/regulation or changes to 

legislation/regulation and/or Government policy which may impact on 
business results or the UK housing market in general.

LSL business units are supported by the Compliance and Legal Services teams 
who closely monitor existing business practices and any reform proposals. 
Where appropriate Government departments and/or trade bodies are engaged 
in a dialogue.

•  In response to the financial crisis, significant changes to financial services 
regulations, including the mortgage market review and retail distribution 
review are underway.  

The Board is monitoring the impacts of these changes and assessing what 
changes to business practices may be required to ensure compliance with new 
legislation.

•  Failure or interruptions of information technology services on which the 
Group is reliant for operational performance and financial information. 

•  Loss of senior management who are key to delivering the future growth 

strategy of the Group. 

Dedicated in house IT departments with specialist staffing. Maintenance 
of a formalised business continuity infrastructure and contingency plans 
in the event of a system failure. Regular monitoring by subsidiary company 
management, external specialists and Internal Audit, with any system issues 
highlighted to the Board.

The Remuneration Committee reviews the remuneration policies of the Group 
on an annual basis to ensure staff are appropriately incentivised. In addition, 
the Nomination Committee considers succession planning for key staff on a 
regular basis.

 Approved by and signed on behalf of the Board of  
Directors on 28th February 2013.

Steve cooke 
Group Finance Director 

Simon Embley
Group Chief Executive Officer

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LSL Board

4

5

6

1

2

3

24 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

7

8

9

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v
e
w

i

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

1. HELEn BucK
independent non Executive Director
Helen was appointed as an Independent Non 
Executive Director in December 2011. She is also 
a member of the operating board of Sainsbury’s 
Supermarkets Ltd (retail director). Helen joined 
Sainsbury’s in 2005 and, after spending four years 
running Brand Communications, moved to Trading 
as business unit director, Grocery in 2009 and then 
ran the Convenience division for two years. Before 
joining Sainsbury’s, Helen held a number of senior 
positions at M&S, Woolworths and Safeway and 
was a senior manager at McKinsey and Co.

2. StEVE cooKE
group Finance Director
Steve was appointed Group Finance Director in 
July 2010 and is responsible for all aspects of the 
financial management of LSL. Previously Steve was 
chief operating officer of Bestinvest, the 3i backed 
wealth management business and before that was 
chief financial officer of Mapeley, the FTSE 250 
property company. He was also CFO of Energis as 
part of the new management team which delivered 
a successful turnaround before selling the business 
to Cable and Wireless. Steve trained with Coopers 
and Lybrand and on qualifying as a chartered 
accountant worked as a strategy consultant for 
OC&C followed by senior finance and operational 
roles in the Sainsbury’s and Kingfisher Groups.

3. SiMon EMBLEy
group chief Executive officer
Simon became the Group Chief Executive Officer 
at the time of the management buy out of e.surv 
Chartered Surveyors and Your Move from Aviva 
(formerly Norwich Union Life) in 2004. Prior to 
the management buy out, Simon was responsible 
for the strategic direction of these companies, 
and subsequent to the management buy out 
Simon has overseen and been responsible 
for the turnaround of the initial Group from a 
heavily loss-making business to the successful 
business it is today. As the Group Chief Executive 
Officer, he has the primary responsibility for the 
performance, strategy and development of LSL 
and in this role he has been instrumental in taking 
the business forward in a downturn through both 
organic growth (including the development of 
counter cyclical income) and selective strategic 
acquisitions.

4. ADRiAn giLL
independent non Executive Director
Adrian was appointed as an Independent Non 
Executive Director in September 2012. He was 
previously an executive director at Connells 
Limited (Connells), the national estate agency 
business of the Skipton Building Society Group, 
for over 10 years. Prior to his role at Connells, 
Adrian was managing director of Lush Retail 
Limited (UK & Ireland). Adrian is a chartered 
accountant. 

5. RogER MAttHEWS
non Executive chairman and chairman of 
the nominations committee
Roger was appointed Chairman of LSL and 
Chairman of the Nominations Committee in 
October 2006 and is currently also non executive 
chairman of MITIE Group plc and non executive 
chairman of Pertemps Network Group Limited. 
He was formerly chairman of Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
and Land of Leather Holdings plc, group finance 
director of J. Sainsbury plc, managing director 
and finance director of Compass Group plc and 
worked for Grand Metropolitan plc, Cadbury 
Schweppes plc and PriceWaterhouseCoopers. 
Roger is a chartered accountant and is also a 
trustee of Cancer Research UK. 

6. MARK MoRRiS
Senior independent non Executive Director 
and chairman of the Audit committee
Mark was appointed as an Independent Non 
Exeuctive Director, the Senior Independent Non 
Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee in October 2006. Mark has many 
years’ experience of business management 
with particular focus on growing businesses 
and mergers and acquisitions. Mark is a 
chartered accountant and worked for 12 years 
at PriceWaterhouseCoopers. Mark is currently 
non executive director and audit committee 
chairman at HomeServe plc and works with a 
number of entrepreneurial private companies. 
Mark previously worked at Sytner Group as 
finance director and managing director from 1995 
to 2005 including the period during which it was 
listed on the London Stock Exchange.

7. DAViD nEWnES
Executive Director, Estate Agency
David has been with LSL since 1980 and was part 
of the management buy out team. David was 
appointed as an Executive Director in May 2010 
with overall responsibility for the performance, 
strategy and development of the Estate 
Agency Division across LSL. David has extensive 
experience within the estate agency industry, 
is a Fellow of the Royal Institute of Chartered 
Surveyors and holds memberships of both the 
Association of Residential Lettings Agents (ARLA) 
and the National Estate Agency Association 
(NAEA). David is also a trustee of the Estate 
Agency Foundation and a director of The Property 
Ombudsman scheme (TPO).

8. MARK PAin
independent non Executive Director and 
chairman of the Remuneration committee
Mark was appointed as an Independent Non 
Executive Director and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee in July 2009. He brings 
with him a wealth of experience as a FTSE 100 
main board director covering a range of sectors 
including property, media, housebuilding, retail 
and wholesale banking, consumer and business 
finance, and life assurance. Mark served as chief 
financial officer of Barratt Developments plc 
from 2006 to 2009. He was previously at Abbey 
National Group plc, where he held a number of 
senior management roles including group finance 
director and customer sales director. Mark is a non 
executive director of Johnston Press plc, where he 
is the senior independent non executive director 
and chairs the audit committee. Mark is a non 
executive director at Aviva and London Square 
and also a trustee of Somerset House and a Fellow 
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants.

9. SAPnA FitZgERALD
Head of Legal and company Secretary
Sapna is a solicitor (qualified in 1998) and has 
been in the role of Company Secretary at LSL 
since 2004. Prior to the management buy out 
of Your Move and e.surv Chartered Surveyors, 
Sapna was a member of Aviva Life Legal Services 
and had since 2001 formed part of the team 
that supported Your Move and e.surv Chartered 
Surveyors. 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report and Corporate Governance 

in tHiS SEction

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in  
Relation to the Group Financial Statements  27

Report of the Directors 

Corporate Governance Report 

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

28

33

40

Corporate Social Responsibility Statement  50

26 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in 
Relation to the Group Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law 
and those International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union.

Under Company Law the Directors must not approve the Group Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they present fairly the financial 
position of the Group and the financial performance and cash flows of the Group for that period. In preparing the Group Financial Statements, the 
Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Change in Accounting Estimates and Errors’ and then apply them 

consistently;

• present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of 

particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Group’s financial position and financial performance;

• state that the Group has complied with IFRSs, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the Financial Statements; and

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for preparing the Directors‘ Report, the Directors‘ Remuneration Report and the Corporate Governance Report 
in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and applicable regulations, including the requirements of the Listing Rules and the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

27

 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Directors

Principal Activities
LSL Property Services plc is the holding company for a number of residential property services related businesses. The Group’s principal activities are: 
• Estate Agency and Related Services, which includes Residential Sales, Lettings, Asset Management and Financial Services; and 
• Surveying and Valuation Services.

Business Review and Development
The Chairman’s Statement and the Business Review set out a review of the business including details of LSL’s performance, developments (including 
future developments) and strategy.

Annual general Meeting
The AGM will be held at the London offices of LSL, 1 Sun Street, London EC2A 2EP on 2nd May 2013 starting at 2.30pm.

The Notice of Meeting convening the AGM is in a separate circular to be sent to Shareholders with this Report. The Notice of Meeting also includes a 
commentary on the business of the AGM and notes to help Shareholders to attend, speak and/or vote at the AGM.

Financial Results 
The Business Review and Financial Statements set out the results of LSL. 

Dividend
As a result of the improved operating performance of the Group, the reduction in Net Bank Debt and the Board’s positive view of future prospects 
for the business, an increased final dividend of 6.4p per share (2011: 5.9p) will be proposed to Shareholders at the forthcoming AGM, increasing the 
total dividend for 2012 by 9% to 9.5p per share (2011: 8.7p per share). The ex-dividend date for the final dividend is 10th April 2013 with a record date 
of 12th April 2013 and a payment date of 10th May 2013. Shareholders have the opportunity to elect to reinvest their cash dividend and purchase 
existing shares in LSL through a dividend reinvestment plan.

Employees
LSL recognises that our people are a valuable asset and it is committed to providing a working environment in which employees can develop to 
achieve their full potential with opportunities for both professional and personal development. By creating such an environment, LSL believes that 
this will enable the retention and recruitment of the right people to work at every level throughout the Group. An essential part of this strategy is 
to encourage and promote effective communication with all employees, which also ensures that LSL, in its decision making, takes into account its 
employees views.

The Group has an equal opportunities policy so that all job applicants are treated fairly and without favour or prejudice throughout selection, 
recruitment, training, development and promotion. Further details of how LSL engages with its employees is detailed in the CSR Statement at pages 
50 to 56 of this Report. The CSR Statement also summaries the Group’s policy on disabled employees.

Financial instruments
The Business Review sets out LSL’s strategies and objectives relating to treasury and risk management. Details of the financial instruments are set out 
in note 29 of the Financial Statements.

Directors
The current Directors are listed with their biographies in LSL Board at pages 24 and 25 of this Report.

During 2012 Adrian Gill was appointed to the Board as an Independent Non Executive Director (10th September 2012). In addition Paul Latham (Non 
Executive Director) retired from the Board with effect from 10th October 2012 and Alison Traversoni (Executive Director) retired with effect from 31st 
December 2012. Full details of the current Directors are also detailed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Re-election and Election 
All of the Directors will each retire at the AGM and, being eligible, intend to stand for election. LSL’s articles provide that the Board may appoint an 
individual to act as a Director, but anyone so appointed will retire from office at the next AGM and seek election, accordingly Adrian Gill, having been 
appointed since the last AGM is standing for election. LSL may by ordinary resolution elect or re-elect any individual as a Director. In addition, by an 

28

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012amendment to the Nominations Committee’s Terms of Reference, LSL has confirmed its commitment to annual elections of its Directors.  
The biographical details for all Directors are set out on pages 24 and 25 of this Report. 

During the 2012 Board effectiveness review, the performance of the Directors, who are all standing for election, was specifically evaluated and the 
Board confirmed that it values the experience and commitment to the business demonstrated by each of these individuals.

Directors’ interests 
The interests of the current Directors in LSL are contained within the Directors’ Remuneration Report at page 48. During the period between  
31st December 2012 and the date of this Report, there were no changes in the Directors’ interests. 

The Board has during the year observed and maintained arrangements for the management and recording of conflicts in line with its policy.  
This includes the observance of an anti bribery and hospitality policy to ensure compliance with section 176 of the Companies Act 2006.

Further, during the year, no Director was materially interested in any contract that is or was significant to the business of the Group or any subsidiary 
undertaking.

Directors’ Service contracts
Details of the Executive Directors’ service agreements and the Non Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report at page 44 of this Report.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditor of the Group has advised of its willingness to continue in office and a resolution to re-appoint them to this role 
and the authority for their remuneration to be determined by the Directors will be proposed at the AGM. See also the Corporate Governance Report 
at page 37.

Details of LSL’s policy designed to safeguard the independence and objectivity of the external auditors is included in the Corporate Governance Report.

Share capital
LSL 0.2p Ordinary Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange and are the only class of shares in issue. 

Rights and obligations Attached to Shares
Each issued share has the same rights attached to it as every other issued share. The rights of each Shareholder include the right to vote at general 
meetings, to appoint a proxy or proxies, to receive dividends and to receive circulars from LSL.

Details of share capital are set out in note 24 of the Financial Statements. There have been no changes to the share capital during 2012. A renewal 
of the authority for the Directors to allot unissued Ordinary Shares and a renewal of their power to dis-apply statutory pre-emption rights will be 
proposed at the AGM. Full details of the deadline for exercising voting rights in respect of the resolutions to be considered at the AGM are set out in the 
Notice of Meeting.

Employee Share Schemes
LSL has two employee benefit trusts. The first was established in 2006 prior to LSL’s flotation on the London Stock Exchange and LSL appointed Capita 
Trustees Limited (Trustees) to operate the LSL Property Services plc Employee Share Scheme (Trust). The Trustees of this Trust operate both the LSL 
Property Services plc Employee Share Incentive Plan (Buy As You Earn) and the Save As You Earn (SAYE) Plans. The Trust is able to acquire and to hold 
shares to satisfy options or awards granted under any discretionary share option scheme or long term incentive arrangement operated by LSL. Details 
of the shares acquired by the Trust are set out in note 25 of the Financial Statements. The Trustees have waived the right to any dividend payment in 
respect of each share held by them.

The second employee benefit trust was established in November 2011 (the 2011 EBT), as part of the acquisition of Marsh & Parsons. While the 
beneficiaries of the 2011 EBT are the LSL employees, the 2011 EBT acquired the Growth Shares as part of the transaction and some of these shares 
were acquired by members of the current management team of Marsh & Parsons in 2012. This was in accordance with the previously stated 
objective that current and future managers at Marsh & Parsons apply for Growth Shares, as part of a package of measures designed to incentivise the 
management of Marsh & Parsons. The 2011 EBT does not currently hold any LSL shares.

29

 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Directors (continued)

charitable Donations 
LSL Group companies in total made a number of charitable donations throughout the year totalling £65,000 (2011: £21,000). Further information 
about the Group’s charitable initiatives is contained within the CSR Statement at page 55 of this Report. Through various charitable initiatives 
across the Group, employees have also raised funds directly, including £24,990 via the Work Place Giving initiative which was set up in 2010. Group 
companies do not make any political donations.

creditors and Supplier Payment Policy
LSL’s normal terms are to make payment in accordance with suppliers’ terms of trade or within 45 days (2011: 45 days) from the receipt of services 
or invoices subject to satisfactory performance by the supplier. At 31st December 2012, the parent company had no trade creditors outstanding. 
The payment terms of individual operating subsidiaries are disclosed in their accounts. For further details on LSL’s policy statement regarding the 
management of suppliers, please see the CSR Statement on pages 50 to 56 of this Report.

going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set out in the 
Business Review on pages 10 to 25. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and the Group’s policy for treasury and risk 
management are described in the Financial Review on pages 20 to 23. Details of the Group’s borrowing facilities are set out in note 21 to the Financial 
Statements. Note 29 to the Financial Statements describes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk 
management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk. A description of 
the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties and arrangements to manage these risks are detailed at pages 22 and 23 of this Report.

As explained in note 29 to the Financial Statements, the Group meets its day to day working capital requirements through a revolving credit facility, 
which was renewed in June 2010 and the Group currently have a £75m facility which is committed for a period up to March 2014. As stated in note 
19 as at 31st December 2012 the Group had available £49.0m of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions precedent 
had been met. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group 
should be able to operate within the terms of its current facility. 

LSL’s revolving credit facility expires in March 2014 and the Directors have initiated discussions with a number of lenders to refinance the facility. The 
refinance request has been received by all lenders positively and the Directors do not believe that there will be any issues in extending the facility and 
will look to finalise negotiations in the first half of 2013.

The Directors have reviewed the Group’s forecasts and budgets, which have been stress tested with various changes to the assumptions underlying 
the forecasts and budgets. The Directors also examined the Group’s financial adaptability as part of that review and concluded that, should it be 
necessary, the Group would be able to respond to a reasonably foreseeable deterioration in market conditions by making further reductions to the 
cost base, as achieved in prior years. 

After making enquiries, the Directors consider that LSL and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing this Report.

Disclosure of information to Auditors
Having made enquiries of fellow Directors and of the external auditors, each of the current Directors confirms that:

•  to the best of his/her knowledge and belief, there is no information (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) relevant to the preparation of this 

Report of which the external auditors are unaware; and

•  he/she has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit information and to establish that 

the external auditors are aware of that information.

Directors’ Qualifying third Party indemnity Provisions
LSL had qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the benefit of the Directors in force from the start of the financial period to the date of this 
Report, subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006. LSL has put in place ‘Directors & Officers Liability’ insurance to cover for this 
liability.

30

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Additional information for Shareholders
The following provides the additional information required for Shareholders as a result of the implementation of the Takeovers Directive into UK Law.

Share capital
At 31st December 2012, LSL’s issued share capital comprised 104,158,950 0.2p Ordinary Shares. The authorised share capital is 500,000,000 Ordinary 
Shares of 0.2p each. 

ordinary Shares
On a show of hands at a general meeting of LSL every holder of Ordinary Shares present in person and entitled to vote shall have one vote and on 
a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote for every Ordinary Share held. The notice of the AGM 
which accompanies this Report specifies deadlines for appointing a proxy in relation to resolutions to be passed at a general meeting. Where the 
Chairman of the AGM is appointed as proxy, such proxy votes are counted and the numbers for, against or withheld in relation to each resolution are 
announced at the AGM and published on LSL’s website after the meeting (www.lslps.co.uk).

There are no restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary Shares other than:

•  certain restrictions which may from time to time apply under applicable laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws and market 

requirements relating to close periods) and;

•  pursuant to the Listing Rules of the FSA whereby certain employees of LSL require the approval of LSL to deal in LSL’s securities.

LSL’s Articles of Association may only be amended by way of a special resolution at a general meeting of the Shareholders. 

LSL has the authority under section 701 of the Companies Act to make market purchases of the Ordinary Shares on such terms and in such manner 
that the Directors determine. The maximum shares to buy back is capped at 10% of the Ordinary Share capital of LSL being 10,415,895 Ordinary Shares.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

company Share Schemes 
The Trust holds 1.20% (2011: 1.21%) of the issued share capital of LSL in trust for the benefit of employees of the Group and their dependents.  
The voting rights in relation to these shares are exercised by the Trustees.

Substantial Shareholdings
These details are set out at page 32 of this Report.

Significant Agreements – change of control
Subsidiaries of LSL are party to agreements which take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the subsidiary company following a 
takeover bid. The majority of the income derived through the provision of Surveying and Valuation Services and the Asset Management income 
streams are driven by specific contracts. Any termination of such contracts on the change of control of the relevant subsidiary company will have a 
significant impact on the revenue of those income streams.

The Group is party to a number of banking agreements which upon a change of control of the Group are terminable by the bank and all outstanding 
amounts become immediately due and payable.

compensation for Loss of office – change of control
There are no agreements between LSL and its Directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment (whether through 
resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Post Balance Sheet Event
There are no post balance sheet events to report.

31

 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Directors (continued)

Directors’ Responsibility Statement
Each of the Directors listed on page 24 and 25 confirms that to the best of their knowledge:

•  the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair review of the assets, liabilities, 

financial position and results of LSL and its subsidiaries included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  the Directors’ Report and the Business Review include a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of LSL 

and its subsidiaries included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

Substantial Shareholdings
As at 31st December 2012 and as at 26th February 2013, the Shareholders set out below have notified LSL of their interest under DTR 5:

31st December 2012  

26th February 2013

number of 0.2p 
ordinary Shares 

% of issued 
shares 

Number of 0.2p 
Ordinary Shares 

% of issued 
shares

13,190,400 
6,433,743 
3,426,441 
3,157,162 

12.66% 
6.18% 
3.29% 
3.03% 

13,190,400 
6,433,743 
3,426,441 
3,157,162 

12.66%
6.18%
3.29%
3.03%

 Institution 

Harris L.P 
Quantum Partners L.P 
Aviva Investors  
Kinney Asset Management 

Nature of holding 

Beneficial 
Beneficial 
Beneficial 
Beneficial 

Approved by and signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Sapna B Fitzgerald
Company Secretary 

28th February 2013

32

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report

uK corporate governance code (June 2010) (2010 code) 
The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance and the Directors recognise the value and importance of meeting  
the principles of good corporate governance as set out in the Code. This part of the Report describes the corporate governance arrangements that  
are in place. During 2012, LSL complied with the provisions of the 2010 Code in all respects. 

the Board
At the date of this Report, the Board has eight members which is comprised of the Chairman, three Executive Directors and four Independent Non 
Executive Directors. Roger Matthews is the Chairman and Mark Morris is the Senior Independent Non Executive Director. The Directors are listed with 
their biographies in LSL Board at pages 24 and 25 of this Report. 

There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman and the Group Chief Executive Officer. The Chairman’s key responsibilities are 
leadership of the Board and ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects of its role. The Chairman sets the Board’s agenda, ensuring that adequate time 
is available for discussion of all agenda items, and in particular strategic issues. He also promotes a culture of openness and debate by facilitating the 
effective contribution of the Non Executive Directors in particular, and ensuring constructive relations between the Executive and Non Executive 
Directors.

The Group Chief Executive Officer’s key responsibility is the running of the business and his delegated powers have been set by the Board and the 
Directors are satisfied that the balance of Executive and Non Executive Directors is appropriate and that no individual or group may dominate the 
Board’s decisions. 

All of the Non Executive Directors are independent of management and have a range of experience covering strategy, estate agency, surveying, 
financial services, the residential housing sector, retail and marketing, operations, business services, entrepreneurial private and public companies, 
finance, customer and employee matters and corporate governance. 

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

When Roger Matthews was appointed Chairman he was deemed to be independent under the provisions of the Code. Since then he has also become 
a non executive chairman of MITIE Group plc and Pertemps Network Group Limited and he is also a trustee of Cancer Research UK.

During the year the Directors continuously review and are encouraged to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the Board. Further, they 
undertake an annual evaluation of the performance of the Board which includes an evaluation of the Board, its committees and of individual 
Directors (including diversity and in particular gender) to ensure that the Directors remain individually and collectively effective. 

The evaluation process in 2012 involved discussions between each Director and the Chairman and meetings of the Board and the Non Executive 
Directors (including discussions without the Chairman present and chaired by the Senior Independent Non Executive Director, to appraise his 
performance). The Non Executive Directors evaluate the Chairman’s performance, after taking into account the views of the Executive Directors. 

Whilst no significant issues requiring action arose from these evaluations, the outcomes of the exercise were reported to the Board and showed that 
the Board and its Committees were discharging their responsibilities effectively. The appraisal produced a number of recommendations to further 
improve effectiveness of the Board. As a result, the Board is continuing to spend more time on key strategic opportunities as well as monitoring 
performance and governance matters. 

LSL recognises the benefits of gender diversity and the current Board composition includes one female Director, Helen Buck, who is an Independent 
Non Executive Director. Whilst LSL remain of the view that the setting of targets for the number of female directors on the Board is not necessary and 
that it will continue to appoint on merit, the Chairman will ensure that all searches take into account diversity, including gender.

Copies of the Executive Directors’ service agreements and of the Non Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the 
Registered Office during normal business hours and at each AGM.

All Directors may receive independent professional advice at LSL’s expense, if necessary, for the performance of their duties. This is in addition to 
the access every Director has to the Company Secretary and her team. The Company Secretary is responsible for advising the Board on all matters of 
corporate governance, ensuring that all Board procedures are followed and facilitating training.

33

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)

Each newly appointed Director receives an induction on the responsibilities of a listed public company director and on LSL’s business. Thereafter,  
LSL provides the necessary resources for developing this understanding and knowledge. Further, the Chairman regularly reviews and agrees any 
training and development needs with each of the Directors.

During 2012 the Board held ten scheduled meetings (including an annual strategy meeting). Each of the Directors was able to allocate sufficient time 
to LSL to discharge their responsibilities effectively and the attendance of each of the Directors at the Board meetings (as a Director or a committee 
member) is set out below. 

During 2013 the Board is scheduled to meet ten times, including the annual strategy meeting and additional meetings will be held as required. 

During 2012 the Non Executive Directors collectively met three times without the Executive Directors being present (including once without the 
Chairman being present) and it is the intention that this will be repeated in 2013. 

Board and committee Attendance 2012

 Director 
 Helen Buck  
 Steve Cooke 
 Adrian Gill1 
 Simon Embley 
 Paul Latham2 
 Roger Matthews3 
 Mark Morris 
 David Newnes4 
 Mark Pain 
 Alison Traversoni5 

Board
(including
annual
strategy 
meeting) 
10 
10 
3 
10 
7 
10 
10 
9 
10 
10 

Audit 
Committee 
- 
- 
1 
- 
- 
2 
3 
- 
3 
- 

Remuneration 
Committee 
- 
- 
2 
- 
- 
3 
3 
- 
3 
- 

Nominations
Committee
-
-
2
-
-
2
2
-
2
-

1  Adrian Gill was appointed as an Independent Non Executive Director on 10th September 2012.
2  Paul Latham retired as a Non Independent Non Executive Director on 1st October 2012.
3  Roger Matthews stepped down from the Audit Committee in September 2012.
4 

 David Newnes was not present at one of the scheduled Board meetings during 2012 due to other Group business commitments. He received the papers and provided his comments and queries to the 
other Directors for raising at the meeting.

5  Alison Traversoni retired as an Executive Director on 31st December 2012.

In accordance with LSL’s Articles of Association, all of the Directors appointed since the previous AGM and circa one-third of the remaining Directors, 
including any Director who has not been elected or re-elected at either of the two preceding AGMs, are required to retire and seek election/re-
election (as appropriate). Notwithstanding this, LSL has in accordance with best practice chosen to adopt annual elections for all Directors and in 
accordance with this policy, all of the Directors will stand for election/re-election (as appropriate) at the forthcoming AGM. 

The Board is primarily responsible for decisions on Group strategy, including approval of the Group’s strategy, annual business plans and budgets, 
interim and full year financial statements and reports, dividend proposals, accounting policies, material capital projects, investments and disposals, 
succession plans and the monitoring of financial performance against budget and forecast. There is also a schedule of Matters Reserved for the Board 
which is annually reviewed by the Board and any items not included within this policy (such as responsibility for implementing the Board’s strategy 
and managing the business) are delegated to the management teams.

There is a programme of regular reviews of performance and developing best practice in matters such as employment, health and safety, 
environmental and social and community interest. LSL believes that CSR is necessary to support responsibly grounded business decision making 
that considers the broad impact of corporate actions on people, communities, and the environment accordingly, the Board takes account of the 
significance of environmental, social and governance matters when making decisions. Further details of LSL’s CSR objectives can be found in the  
CSR Statement at pages 50 to 56 of this Report. 

34

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012 
 
 
 
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

The Board has adopted principles of good boardroom practice which set out procedures on how Directors are given accurate, timely and clear 
information and how they can seek and obtain information or advice necessary for them to discharge their duties and these arrangements are 
reviewed annually as part of the Board’s evaluation process referred to above.

Under the Companies Act 2006, a director must avoid a situation where he/she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly 
may conflict, with the company’s interest. The Companies Act 2006 allows directors of public companies to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts 
where appropriate and where the articles of association contain a provision to this effect, as LSL’s Articles do. Accordingly, the Board has adopted 
procedures for the Directors to report any potential or actual conflict to the Board for their authorisation where appropriate. Each Director is aware 
of the requirement to seek approval of the Board for any new conflict situations, as they may arise. The process of reviewing conflicts disclosed, and 
authorisations given, is repeated annually. Any conflicts or potential conflicts considered by the Board and any authorisations given are recorded in 
the Board minutes and in a register of Directors’ conflicts which is maintained by the Company Secretary. 

Board committees
The Board has delegated specific responsibilities to three standing Committees of the Board: Nominations, Remuneration and Audit. The 
membership of these Committees and a summary of their main duties under their Terms of Reference are set out below. The full Terms of Reference 
may be viewed on LSL’s website (www.lslps.co.uk). During 2012, the Board reviewed the Terms of Reference for each of the Committees to ensure 
continued compliance with the 2010 Code. In addition, the Terms of Reference of all LSL’s Committees were amended with effect from 1st January 
2013 to take into account the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code published by the Financial Reporting Council in September 2012 
(2012 Code). It is the intention that the Chairman of each of the Committees will attend the AGM to answer any questions.

nominations committee
Roger Matthews is the Chairman of the Nominations Committee and, as at the date of this Report the other members of the Committee are Adrian 
Gill, Mark Morris and Mark Pain. The Committee met twice in 2012 and the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group HR Director and Company Secretary 
also attended meetings and assisted the Nominations Committee in its deliberations during this period.

The duties of the Nominations Committee are governed by its Terms of Reference, which was updated on 1st January 2013 and its role includes:

•  to regularly review the structure, size and composition (including skills, knowledge and experience) of the Board;

•  prior to recommending any appointments, evaluate the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge on the Board, its diversity, 

including gender and in light of this evaluation, prepare a description of the role and capabilities required for each appointment;

•  to review succession plans for the Directors and senior managers, taking into account the challenges and opportunities facing LSL, and what skills 
and expertise are therefore needed on the Board in the future. The plans are also reviewed to ensure that LSL maintains an appropriate balance of 
skills and experience within the Group and on the Board to ensure progressive refreshing of the Board;

•  to recommend to the Board the selection and appointment of new executive and non executive directors in accordance with the Code, ensuring  
 that any search is conducted, and appointments made, on merit, against objective criteria, with due regard for the benefits of diversity on the 
Board, including gender; and 

•  to review the leadership needs of the Group at varying levels with a view to ensuring the continued ability to compete effectively in LSL’s marketplaces.

By an amendment to the Nominations Committee’s Terms of Reference, the Board has adopted the practice of annual election of all Directors.

As part of its discussions, the Nominations Committee consider the composition of the Board and the balance of skills and experience required to 
optimise shareholder value. These discussions include diversity, and in particular gender issues. During 2012, the Committee nominated Adrian Gill 
for appointment as a Non Executive Director. The recommendation for the appointment of Adrian Gill took into account his experience in the estate 
agency sector. The Committee did not utilise the services of any external search consultancy or open advertising in recommending the appointment 
of Adrian Gill, as he was already known to the Group and he fully met the skills and experience specification agreed by the Board.

Following the appointment of Adrian, amongst the Non Executive Directors, LSL now has expertise in strategy, estate agency, surveying, financial 
services, the residential housing sector, retail and marketing, operations, business services, entrepreneurial private and public companies, finance, 
customer and employee matters, and corporate governance. The current Board composition includes one female Director, making up 13% of the 
Board and in line with the Code, the Board is made up of more than 50% Independent Non Executive Directors. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)

During 2011, LSL undertook a survey of female members of the management team to seek their views regarding gender diversity within LSL,  
which concluded that the Group is sufficiently diverse and positive to its female employees. In 2012, a further study was undertaken to review 
gender progression which highlighted differences in career progression. Details of this study are set out in LSL’s CSR Statement at page 51. 

Remuneration committee
During 2012 the Remuneration Committee was chaired by Mark Pain and at the date of this Report, its other members were Adrian Gill, Roger 
Matthews and Mark Morris. The Committee met three times in the year and the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group HR Director and Company 
Secretary also attended meetings and assisted the Remuneration Committee in its deliberations during this period.

The duties of the Remuneration Committee are governed by its Terms of Reference, which was updated on 1st January 2013. The Remuneration 
Committee has responsibility for determining LSL’s policy on the remuneration of senior executives and specific remuneration packages for 
Executive Directors, including pension rights and compensation payments. It is also responsible for making recommendations for grants of shares 
under the employee share schemes. 

The Directors’ Remuneration Report provides details of how the Committee has discharged these duties which can be found on pages 40 to 49 of this 
Report and the Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee are available from the Company Secretary or LSL’s website at www.lslps.co.uk.

The Remuneration Committee’s overall purpose is to ensure that the levels of remuneration are sufficient to attract, retain and motivate Directors of 
the quality required to run LSL successfully.

The Remuneration Committee also ensures that a significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ remuneration is structured so as to link rewards 
to corporate and individual performance and that it is sensitive to pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group, especially when 
determining annual salary increases.

None of the Remuneration Committee members has any personal financial interest (other than as Shareholders), conflicts of interest arising from 
cross directorships or day to day involvement in running the business. The Remuneration Committee makes recommendations to the Board. 

During 2012 the Remuneration Committee appointed New Bridge Street (NBS) and Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) to provide independent advice on matters 
relating to senior executive remuneration. Neither NBS nor Deloitte provided any other advice to LSL during the year. 

The Remuneration Committee may, in exercising its discretion in relation to the remuneration of Executive Directors, take into account LSL’s 
performance on governance and CSR related issues and it ensures that the incentive schemes put in place for members of the senior management 
team do not raise any environmental, social or governance issues by inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour.

Audit committee 
The Audit Committee is chaired by Mark Morris and at the date of this Report, its other members are Adrian Gill and Mark Pain. The Board is satisfied 
that Mark Morris has recent and relevant financial experience as is required by the Code.

The Committee met on three occasions in 2012. LSL’s internal and external auditors, Executive Directors (including the Group Chief Executive Officer 
and the Group Finance Director) are invited, but are not entitled, to attend and speak at meetings. The Audit Committee met with the auditors 
without the Executive Directors being present twice during 2012.

The duties of the Audit Committee are governed by its Terms of Reference, which was updated on 1st January 2013 and its role includes:

•  to make recommendations to the Board (for it to put to the Shareholders at a general meeting) on the appointment, re-appointment, or removal  

of the external auditor and to approve the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor;

• to ensure that the Group’s accounting and financial policies and controls are proper, effective and adequate;

•  to ensure that internal and external auditing processes are properly co-ordinated and work effectively and to oversee the relationship with the  

external auditor, including reviewing the scope and results of audits;

•  to monitor the integrity of LSL’s Financial Statements and any formal announcements relating to its performance, reviewing significant financial  

reporting issues and judgements contained in them;

• to review the effectiveness of the internal control and risk management systems;

• to review procedures for handling any internal allegations;

• to oversee and assess the effectiveness of the internal audit function; 

36

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

•  to review and monitor the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into consideration  

relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements; 

•  to keep under review the nature and extent of non audit services provided by the external auditors, taking into account LSL’s Auditor  

Independence Policy; and

• to report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

In carrying out its duties, the Committee takes into account the requirements of the Listing Rules (together with any requirements issued by the FSA), 
the Code and the Guidance on Audit Committees issued by the FRC, together with any requirements of the Board, which are all incorporated into the 
Audit Committee’s Terms of Reference by reference to them.

The Committee has an established programme of work to ensure that each of its responsibilities are covered adequately during the year. Areas of 
particular focus during the year have been: the review of goodwill and other intangibles for potential impairment; the appropriateness of provision 
for PI claims; accounting for the contingent consideration on acquisitions; and an assessment of the carrying value of LSL’s investment in Zoopla. It 
has also overseen a strengthening in the Group’s whistleblowing processes.

Significant issues considered in Relation to the Financial Statements
During 2012, the Audit Committee considered the following significant issues in relation to LSL’s Financial Statements:

a.  In accordance with IFRS (as adopted by the EU) financial reporting requirements, the Audit Committee considered the following judgements and  

estimates: impairment of tangible assets; going concern; and fair values of assets acquired in business combinations; and

b.  New issues which arose during the year included: appropriateness of the provision for PI claims; contingent consideration on acquisitions; and  

the valuation of financial assets.

Appointment of External Auditor
During 2012, the Audit Committee reviewed the effectiveness, independence and objectivity of the external auditor, Ernst & Young LLP (Ernst 
& Young), on behalf of the Directors and having concluded that Ernst & Young is effective, independent and objective, LSL will recommend to 
Shareholders the reappointment of Ernst & Young as its auditor at the forthcoming AGM and seek authority for the Directors to agree the external 
auditor’s’ remuneration. Ernst & Young have acted as LSL’s external auditors since 2004 with a tendering exercise undertaken in 2007. Going forward, 
in relation to the appointment of the external auditors, LSL has decided to adopt the FRC’s recommendations on audit firm tendering taking place at 
least once every ten years and has amended the Audit Committee’s Terms of Reference to reflect the same. 

Accordingly, LSL’s plans to conduct an audit firm tendering exercise prior to 2018. This is in line with FRC guidance which permits a deferral of the 
tendering exercise where firms have undertaken such an exercise since 2000. The current audit partner is due to retire having completed his five year 
term in February 2013 and a new audit partner has been assigned to take over the role. The tender will therefore take place at or prior to the expiry of 
the incoming partner’s five year term. The purpose of the audit tendering exercise will be to benchmark the quality and effectiveness of the services 
provided by the incumbent auditor against those offered by other firms, with the aim of obtaining the best quality and most effective audit.

Auditor independence Policy
To guard against the objectivity and independence of the external auditors being compromised, the Audit Committee has adopted a policy under which 
any non audit related services provided by the external auditors must be approved by the Committee or be within a pre-approved category and a pre-
approved fee limit (Auditor Independence Policy). The Audit Committee is kept regularly informed of the fees paid to the auditor in all capacities. 

Under the terms of the Auditor Independence Policy, which takes into account the relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision of non audit 
services by external audit firms, the following categories of fee need pre-approval of the Audit Committee:

1. Any fee for specific non audit services which exceed £25,000;
2. Any fee which has a contingent element; and
3. Where the total of the fees for non audit services in any particular year exceeds the audit fee for the year.

This policy does not currently include a list of pre-approved categories and in developing its Auditor Independence Policy, the Audit Committee took 
into account the ethical standards and FRC Guidance on Audit Committees (including the FRC’s Guidance on Audit Committees which was updated in 
2012). A copy of the Auditor Independence Policy is available at LSL’s website: www.lslps.co.uk.

37

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report (continued)

The Auditor Independence Policy stipulates restrictions and procedures in relation to the potential allocation of non audit work to the auditor. These 
include categories of work which cannot be allocated to the auditor, and categories of work which may be undertaken by the auditor, subject to 
certain provisions as to materiality, nature of and competency to perform work.

The split between audit and non audit fees for 2012 appears at note 9 to the Financial Statements. The non audit fees amount to £79,000 (2011: 
£349,000) compared with audit fees (including those covering the review of the half yearly report) of £262,000 (2011: £240,000). This is line with the 
provisions of this policy. The non audit fees for the current year relate to taxation services while those in the prior year also include fees in relation 
to the acquisition of Marsh & Parsons (tax due diligence, structure advice, and acting as the sponsor in relation to the circular to Shareholders). 
The Committee considered that Ernst & Young were best placed to carry out these services, and the potential impact of these services on the 
independence or objectivity of the external auditor; and approved this work in advance of it being carried out. 

internal controls 
The Board has overall responsibility for LSL’s system of internal controls and for reviewing its effectiveness. The system of internal controls is subject 
to an ongoing process of change and improvement and has been designed in accordance with the guidance of the Turnbull Committee on Internal 
Controls to identify, evaluate and manage significant risks faced by LSL. The system aims to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives and can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. Internal control 
facilitates the effectiveness and efficiency of operations, helps ensure the reliability of internal and external reporting and assists compliance with 
laws and regulations. The internal controls are also in place to safeguard shareholder investment and LSL’s assets. 

In the current difficult economic environment the Board is even more conscious of the necessity to focus on risk management and to ensure that 
the internal controls are relevant and fit for purpose. In order to discharge this responsibility, the Board has established the procedures necessary 
to apply the Code, including clear operating procedures, lines of responsibility and delegated authority. LSL’s risk management and internal control 
procedures and framework has continually evolved since LSL was listed on the London Stock Exchange in 2006 and is regularly reviewed by the Board 
and the Audit Committee and continue to be in place up to the date of this Report. 

LSL’s risk management and internal control framework is made up of the following parts:
1. Risk Assessment
2. Control Environment
3. Control Activities
4. Monitoring
5. Information and Communication

In particular, the Group has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to LSL’s financial reporting procedures and the process 
for preparation of consolidated accounts. These systems include policies and procedures to facilitate the maintenance of records that accurately 
and fairly reflect transactions, provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with IFRS or UK Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as appropriate, and that require reported data to be reviewed 
and reconciled.

Further, LSL operates a management structure with delegated authority levels and functional reporting lines and accountability. It also operates a 
budgeting and financial reporting system which compares actual performance to budget and to the previous year on a monthly basis. In addition, the 
Executive Directors receive daily information on sales activity and weekly information on key result areas. All capital expenditure and other purchases 
are subject to appropriate authorisation procedures.

During 2012 the Executive Directors have continually identified, evaluated and managed the principal risks and uncertainties faced by LSL which 
could adversely affect LSL’s business, operating results and financial condition. The effectiveness of the internal control system and risk management 
process is also kept under review by the Audit Committee and has been reviewed by the Board during 2012 as part of an annual review which 
considered the effectiveness of the risk management arrangements and internal control systems. This review covered all material controls, including 
financial, operational and compliance controls. In addition, LSL’s Risk and Audit team regularly submits reports to the Audit Committee and this, 
together with the internal controls system and risk management process in place within LSL, allows the Board to monitor financial and operational 
performance and compliance with controls on a continuing basis and to identify and respond to business risks as they arise. 

38

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012The principal risks and uncertainties facing LSL together with details of key mitigation initiatives is set out in the Financial Review at pages 22 and 23. 

Shareholder Relations 
LSL places a great deal of importance on communication with its stakeholders and is committed to establishing constructive relationships with 
investors in order to assist it in developing an understanding of the views of its Shareholders. 

LSL maintains a dialogue with institutional Shareholders through regular meetings with such Shareholders to discuss strategy, performance and 
governance matters and to obtain investor feedback. The views of the Shareholders expressed during these meetings are reported to the Board. In 
addition presentations will be arranged from time to time for Shareholders and analysts, including after the interim and preliminary results.

Steps are taken to ensure that all members of the Board understand the views of major Shareholders. This is achieved in a number of ways including 
feedback from the corporate advisors, Executive Directors and the distribution of analysts’ reports to the Board.

Whilst the Board encourages meetings between Non Executive Directors and institutional investors, to date no such meetings have taken place. 
However, all of the Non Executive Directors, including the Chairman and the Senior Independent Director are offered the opportunity to attend and 
are available to meet with all Shareholders and any Shareholder representative groups to discuss any issues or concerns and they can be contacted 
through the Company Secretary’s office.

With regard to individual Shareholders, the Board considers that the main forum for communication is at the AGM and all of the Directors will be 
available at the AGM to meet with investors.

All of LSL’s announcements are published on the LSL website (www.lslps.co.uk), together with copies of presentation material and financial reports.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Model code
LSL complies with a code on securities dealings in relation to its Ordinary Shares which is consistent with the Model Code published in the Listing 
Rules. This code applies to the Directors and relevant employees of LSL.

takeover Directive
The Group has addressed the matters required to be addressed by the Takeover Directive which was implemented in the UK in accordance with 
statutory provisions in Part 28 of the Companies Act 2006 in the Directors’ Report. Please refer to page 31 of the Report of the Directors.

Approved by and signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Sapna B Fitzgerald
Company Secretary 

28th February 2013

39

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Letter to Shareholders from the Chairman  
of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder 

This report sets out the remuneration policy for the Directors and discloses amounts due to them in respect of 2012. In response to the UK 
Government’s proposed new legislation regarding the reporting of directors’ remuneration, the Remuneration Committee has adopted a number of 
the proposals early. LSL is not expected to or required to report formally under the new legislation until October 2013 (such reporting to commence 
with the Annual Report and Accounts 2013). This report has therefore been divided into the following two sections:

•  Remuneration Policy Report: which includes a forward-looking report detailing LSL’s current remuneration policy and that proposed for 2013  

together with details of the Non Executive Directors’ remuneration; and

•  implementation Report: which sets out what is payable and awarded/vested during 2012, the year under review.

LSL will be seeking Shareholder support for each part of this Remuneration Report by way of a single advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM on  
2nd May 2013. Please see the Notice of Meeting and accompanying notes for further information. 

Summary of key decisions in the year
The Remuneration Committee continually reviews LSL’s Senior Executive Remuneration Policy to ensure that it promotes the attraction, motivation 
and retention of high quality executives who are key to delivering LSL’s strategy. 

The Committee’s most recent conclusions are that the existing Senior Executive Remuneration Policy remains appropriate and should continue to 
operate for 2013. Specifically:

•  During 2012, Executive Director basic salary positioning remained well below midmarket levels for similarly sized listed companies. The base salary 
levels which were set in 2010 were reviewed at the end of 2012, and base salaries were increased by 3% with effect from 1st January 2013 in line 
with an increase granted to the management population;

•  The increase in David Newnes base salary from £140,000 to £175,000 is to reflect his previous salary being significantly below benchmark and also 

reflects the strong performance of the Estate Agency Division in 2012 as well as the Board’s expectations for this Division in 2013;

•  The structure and quantum of the annual bonus works well and should continue to be operated for 2013; and

•  The long term incentive grant policy, whereby nil-cost awards are granted annually with vesting based on Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share (70%) 
and relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) (30%) performance conditions and continued service provide a strong alignment between the senior 
executive team and Shareholders. Grant levels and performance targets will continue to be reviewed in advance of each award.

In conclusion, the Remuneration Committee believes that LSL’s Senior Executive Remuneration Policy continues to incentivise the delivery of strong 
yet sustainable financial results and the creation of shareholder value.

Mark Pain 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

40 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Directors’ Remuneration Report

introduction 
The Directors’ Remuneration Report has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium Sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. The part of the Report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing Rules 
of the FSA and describes how the Board has applied the principles relating to Directors’ remuneration in the Code. Furthermore, in response to the 
UK Government’s proposed legislation regarding the reporting of Directors’ remuneration and changes to the voting rights, a number of the revised 
reporting requirements have been incorporated into this year’s report. A single resolution to approve the Remuneration Report will be proposed at 
the AGM at which the Financial Statements will also be approved.

This part of the Report has been divided into separate sections for audited and unaudited information. 

Details of the Remuneration Committee’s composition and responsibilities are set out in the Corporate Governance Report at page 36 of this Report.

unaudited information
The Remuneration Committee has considered in the financial period matters relating to the remuneration of the Chairman and the Executive Directors.

None of the Committee members has any personal financial interest (other than as Shareholders), conflicts of interests arising from cross-
directorships or day to day involvement in running the business. The Committee makes recommendations to the Board. The terms of reference of 
the Committee are available from the Company Secretary or LSL’s website at: www.lslps.co.uk.

During 2012 the Remuneration Committee appointed NBS and Deloitte to provide independent advice on matters relating to senior executive 
remuneration. Neither NBS nor Deloitte provided any other advice to LSL during the year. 

EXEcutiVE DiREctoRS AnD SEnioR MAnAgEMEnt REMunERAtion PoLicy REPoRt

general policy
LSL’s strategy has been designed to create shareholder value and the aim of LSL’s remuneration policy is to attract, motivate and retain Executive 
Directors with the experience and skills necessary to deliver that strategy and optimise shareholder value. The Committee reviews the Executive 
Directors and senior management remuneration policy annually in light of market conditions, performance, and developments in corporate 
governance best practice. The Committee also considers the level of risk (e.g. environmental, social and governance) associated with this 
remuneration policy to ensure that there are sufficient safeguards in this regard and to ensure that the Remuneration Policy does not inadvertently 
motivate irresponsible behaviour.

There are five main elements of the remuneration package for Executive Directors and senior management:

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

•  Base salary; 

•  Benefits;

•  Pension arrangements;

•  Annual bonus; and 

•  Long term incentives. 

LSL’s policy is that a substantial proportion of the remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior management should be performance related 
and clear objectives and targets are set which are linked to the Group’s strategy.

41

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

Remuneration Policy table
This policy will apply to current Executive Directors from 1st January 2013 and to any new Executive Directors appointed during 2013.

Element 

Base Salary

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

Maximum

Reflects the value of the individual 
and their role

Reviewed annually, effective 
1st January

Reflects skills and experience 
over time

Provides an appropriate level 
of basic fixed income avoiding 
excessive risk arising from over 
reliance on variable income

Takes periodic account against 
companies with similar 
characteristics and sector 
comparators

Annual increases generally 
linked to those of the wider 
workforce

Where salaries are significantly 
below market levels, higher 
increases may be awarded 
to close the gap where this is 
deemed appropriate

100% of base salary

Bonus

Incentivises annual delivery of 
financial and strategic goals

Paid in cash

Not pensionable

Maximum bonus only payable for 
achieving demanding targets

Long Term 
Incentive Plan, 
SIP and SAYE, 
and CSOP

Aligned to main strategic 
objectives of delivering 
sustainable profit growth and 
shareholder return

Deferred Bonus Plan was 
introduced upon flotation in 
2006 although it has not as 
yet been operated

Annual grant of nil cost 
options or performance 
shares which normally vest 
after three years subject 
to continued service and 
performance targets 

Performance 
targets

N/A

Group Underlying 
Operating Profit 
(80%)

Strategic targets 
(20%)

Changes from  
prior policy

None. 3% 
increase 
awarded from 
1st January 
2013

None 
proposed

None 
proposed

100% of salary (although grants 
in excess of 100% of salary 
may be made in exceptional 
circumstances)

Executives also eligible to 
participate in the Group SIP, 
SAYE and CSOP on the same 
terms as other employees

LTIP performance 
measured over three 
years

70% Adjusted Basic 
EPS growth targets

30% relative TSR 
targets

Pension

Other Benefits

Provides modest retirement 
benefits

Opportunity for Executive 
Director to contribute to their 
own retirement plan

Provides insured benefits to 
support the individual and their 
family during periods of ill health 
or death 

Access to company car/car 
allowance to facilitate effective 
travel

Share 
Ownership 
Guidelines

To provide alignment between 
Executive Directors and 
Shareholders

DEtAiLED REMunERAtion PoLicy

Base Salary and Benefits

Defined contribution 

HMRC approved arrangement

LSL Group Company matches 
employee contribution up to 
5% of base salary

N/A

N/A

Benefits provided through 
third party providers

N/A

N/A

N/A

100% of base salary holding for 
Executive Directors

N/A

N/A

Executive Directors are 
required to build and maintain 
a shareholding equivalent to 
one year’s base salary through 
the retention of vested share 
awards or through open 
market purchases

Executive Directors’ base salaries are reviewed annually by the Committee taking into account the responsibilities, skills and experience of each 
individual, pay and employment conditions within LSL and salary levels within listed companies of a similar size. Base salary levels as at 1st January 
2013 and 2012 for the Executive Directors are as follows:

 Director 
 Steve Cooke 
Simon Embley 
David Newnes 

42

Role 
Group Finance Director 
Group Chief Executive Officer 
Executive Director, Estate Agency Division 

Salary as at  
1st January 2013 
£ 
226,600 
257,500 
175,000 

Salary as at
 1st January 2012
£
220,000
250,000
140,000

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012    
 
 
 
Following a review of base salary levels at the end of 2012, base salaries were increased by 3% from 1st January 2013 in line with an increase granted 
to the management population. Following this increase, base salary levels for each of the Executive Directors continues to be below midmarket levels 
for similarly sized listed companies. The increase in David Newnes’ base salary is to reflect his previous salary being significantly below benchmark 
and also reflects the strong performance of the Estate Agency Division in 2012 as well as the Board’s expectations for this Division in 2013.

Benefits are comprised of a car allowance/company car and private healthcare and in respect of Simon Embley, a taxable travel allowance of £15,000 
(2011: £11,250).

Pension
The Executive Directors are members of a money purchase pension scheme. LSL matches Executive Directors’ contributions of up to 5% of base 
salary. Details of actual LSL contributions for 2011 are presented in the table of Directors’ Remuneration on page 46.

Annual Bonus
Executive Directors participate in a performance-related bonus scheme. The maximum bonus continues to be capped at 100% of base salary for 
Executive Directors. 

For 2012, the structure of the annual bonus remained broadly similar to 2011 with sliding scale performance targets based on LSL’s budgeted 
Group Underlying Operating Profit (after the payment of any bonuses) for 80% of the potential with the remaining 20% of the potential based on 
challenging strategic targets. Details of actual performance against the targets and therefore bonuses payable for the year ended 31st December 
2012 are set out in the emoluments table on page 45.

The bonus arrangements which will be operated for 2013 will be based on the same structure to that operated in 2012 with the same split between 
performance and challenging strategic targets.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Long term incentive Plan (excluding cSoP) (LtiP)
The LTIP continues to be LSL’s primary long term incentive arrangement. Awards under the LTIP are typically structured as nil or nominal cost options 
which will normally vest three years from grant, subject to performance conditions and continued service. LTIP awards are granted to Executive 
Directors and selected other senior managers on the following basis:

•  Awards granted to the Chief Executive Officer are currently made over shares worth 100% of salary, with awards granted to other Executive 

Directors made over shares worth 50% of salary.

•  Under the LTIP, awards are limited to 100% of salary (although the rules state that grants in excess of 100% of salary may be made in exceptional 

circumstances).

•  Awards will be subject to a range of normalised earnings per share growth targets (for 70% of an award) and a total shareholder return (TSR) 

condition (for 30% of an award), each applying to separate parts of an award and measured over a period of three years.

•  For the 2012 awards:
  –  25% of the EPS part of the award will vest for Adjusted Basic EPS growth of 8% p.a. increasing pro-rata to full vesting of this part of the award for 

Adjusted Basic EPS growth of 12% p.a..

  –  35% of the TSR part of the award will vest if LSL’s TSR is equal to the TSR of the median company increasing pro-rata to full vesting of this part of the award 
for top quartile performance as measured against the constituents of the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts). In addition to the TSR performance 
condition, the Remuneration Committee must also be satisfied that there has been an improvement in LSL’s underlying financial performance.

Similar performance targets are expected to be operated for 2013. The Remuneration Committee is comfortable that the blend of EPS and TSR 
targets and 70:30 weighting provides a good balance between incentivising and rewarding good financial performance on the one hand whilst, on 
the other hand, providing a strong and direct alignment with the interests of institutional shareholders by rewarding stock market outperformance.

company Share ownership Plan (cSoP)
The Group operates a CSOP (an equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme) for certain employees, which is operated by way of an addendum 
to the rules of the LTIP. Under the CSOP, the options vest if the individual remains an employee of the Group after a three year period, unless the 
individual has left under certain ‘good leaver’ terms in which case the options may vest earlier and providing the performance condition of 10% 

43

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

growth in LSL’s Adjusted Basic EPS over a period of three financial years starting with the financial year in which the CSOP award is granted is met.  
No CSOP options were granted to any Executive Directors during 2011 or 2012 and none have been recommended for 2013. 

Joint Share ownership Plan (JSoP)
LSL received Shareholder approval for the JSOP in 2010 and awards were granted in 2010 and 2011. There is currently no intention to grant further 
JSOP awards. Full details of all outstanding JSOP awards granted in 2010 and 2011 are set out in the Implementation Report below.

Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP)
The DBP was introduced upon flotation in 2006 although it has not, as yet, been operated. Under the DBP, the Remuneration Committee may invite 
any employee (including Executive Directors) to re-invest part of their most recently paid annual bonus (limited to 100% of base salary) into Ordinary 
Shares of LSL (Bonus Shares). Provided the Bonus Shares are held by the participant for three years and performance targets have been achieved, 
LSL may grant matching shares up to a maximum ratio of 1:1. There is no intention to operate the DBP for 2013 and to the extent that it is operated 
for Executive Directors in the future, LSL will consult with its major institutional Shareholders and the major Shareholder representative bodies with 
respect to performance metrics and targets. 

Shareholding guidelines
The Remuneration Committee operates share ownership guidelines whereby Executive Directors are required to build and maintain a shareholding 
equivalent to one year’s base salary over a period of three years from the date the guidelines were adopted (or the date of appointment to the Board 
if later) through the retention of vested share awards or through open market purchase(s).

All Employee Share Plans
LSL operates a SAYE, a SIP (BAYE) and a CSOP (with the latter operated by way of an addendum to the rules of the LTIP), all of which are approved by 
HMRC. Details of awards granted to Executive Directors are presented in the table of Directors’ Remuneration at page 46. 

Executive Directors’ Service contracts
Executive Directors’ service contracts, which do not contain expiry dates, provide that compensation provisions for termination without notice will 
only extend to nine months of salary, fixed benefits and pension. By excluding any entitlement to compensation for loss of the opportunity to earn 
variable pay, the Committee believes the contracts to be consistent with best practice. Contracts do not contain change of control provisions.

 Director  
Steve Cooke  
Simon Embley  
David Newnes  

Date of contract 
4th June 2010  
15th July 2004  
1st June 2010  

Notice period 
from Company
(months)
9
9
9

Subject to Board approval, Executive Directors are permitted to accept outside appointments on external boards or committees as long as these 
are not deemed to interfere with the business of LSL. Save for Simon Embley’s appointment to a small estate management company for which no 
remuneration is paid, none of the Executive Directors hold non executive directorships of any other companies other than to represent the minority 
interests of the Group or to participate in representative trade bodies.

non Executive Directors’ contracts
The Non Executive Directors, including the Chairman, have letters of appointment which set out their duties and responsibilities. Appointment is 
for a fixed term of three years, terminable with three months’ notice on either side. The Non Executive Directors and Chairman are not eligible to 
participate in incentive arrangements or receive pension provision. 

 Director 
Helen Buck 
Adrian Gill 
Roger Matthews 
Mark Morris 
Mark Pain  

44

Date of Original  
Term Commenced 
1st December 2011 
10th September 2012 
11th October 2006 
11th October 2006 
1st May 2009  

Date of Current  
Term Commenced 

21st November 2012 
21st November 2012 
30th April 2012 

Expected Expiry Date of 
Current Term 
31st November 2014
9th September 2015
20th November 2015
20th November 2015
30th April 2015

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012 
 
 
 
   
 
 
The remuneration of the Non Executive Directors is a matter for the Chairman and Executive Directors and the remuneration of the Chairman is a 
matter for the Committee. Fees for both Non Executive Directors and the Chairman are reviewed from time to time with regard to time commitment 
required and the level of fees paid by comparable companies. 

Current annual fee levels for the Non Executive Directors are as follows:

 Non Executive Director 
Helen Buck  
Adrian Gill1 
Paul Latham2 
Roger Matthews  
Mark Morris3 
Mark Pain4 

2013 
£ 
40,000  
40,000  
–  

2012
£
40,000
40,000
37,000
100,000   100,000
45,000
43,000

47,000 
45,000  

1 Adrian Gill joined the Board on 10th September 2012. Adrian Gill has also received £5,889 consultancy fee in respect of services provided to LSL Estate Agency Division. 
2  Paul Latham retired from the Board on 1st October 2012. During 2012, Paul Latham was also paid an additional £5,000 per annum consultancy fee in respect of services provided  
to e.surv Chartered Surveyors.
3 Mark Morris’ fee includes additional sums for his role as Senior Independent Non Executive Director (£2,000) and Chair of the Audit Committee (£5,000).
4 Mark Pain’s fee includes an additional sum for his role as Chair of the Remuneration Committee (£5,000).

iMPLEMEntAtion REPoRt

AuDitED inFoRMAtion

Directors’ Remuneration
The Remuneration of the Directors for 2012 was as follows:

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

 Director 
chairman
Roger Matthews 
Executive Directors
Steve Cooke 
Simon Embley 
David Newnes 
Alison Traversoni2  
non Executive Directors
Helen Buck  
Adrian Gill3  
Paul Latham4  
Mark Morris  
Mark Pain  
totAL  

Directors’ 
salaries/fees 
£ 

Car 
allowance 
£ 

Benefits in 
kind1 
£ 

Annual 
bonus 
£ 

total 
2012 
£ 

Total
2011
£

100,000 

 –  

–  

–  

100,000   100,000

220,000 
250,000 
140,000 
140,000 

40,000  
18,196  
27,750  
45,000  
43,000  
1,023,946  

10,000 
10,000 
8,500 
 –  

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  
28,500  

1,635 
15,969 
606 
11,042  

132,000 
150,000 
104,000 
56,000  

363,635 
425,969 
253,106 
207,042  

253,683
296,247
163,123
176,044

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

 3,333
 –
42,000
45,000
43,000
29,252   442,000   1,523,698   1,122,430

40,000 
18,196 
27,750  
45,000  
43,000  

–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

1  Benefits in kind, which excludes pension provision, are comprised of private medical cover and company car and in respect of Simon Embley, a taxable relocation allowance of £15,000.
2  Retired from the Board on 31st December 2012.
3  Appointed to the Board on 10th September 2012. Fee includes £5,889 paid in respect of consultancy services to the Estate Agency Division.
4  Retired from the Board on 1st October 2012. Fee includes £5,000 paid in respect of consultancy services to e.surv Chartered Surveyors.

The bonus payments for 2012 are based on achievement of profit targets that were set by the Remuneration Committee at the beginning of 2012. In 
addition, strategic key performance indicator targets were set for each business unit within LSL’s Divisions and an element of the bonus is related to 
achievement of these targets. No discretionary awards have been proposed for 2013 and save for a discretionary award of £20,000 payable to David 
Newnes which reflects the strong performance of the Estate Agency Division in 2012, no discretionary awards have been granted in 2012.

No termination payments or payments in lieu of notice were paid to those Directors who retired from the Board during 2012.

45

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

Pension contributions
Details of LSL’s contributions to a money purchase scheme for each Executive Director during the year is as follows:

 Name 
Steve Cooke  
Simon Embley 
David Newnes 
Alison Traversoni 
Total 

2012 
£ 
11,000 
12,500 
7,000  
7,000 
37,500  

2011
£
11,000
12,500
7,000
7,000
37,500

Share options and Awards 
As at 31st December 2012, Executive Directors’ interests under the JSOP awards were as follows:

 Director 
Steve Cooke 

Date of grant 

24th August 2010 

Share price 
 on grant 
(pence) 
248.75 

As at 1st 
January 
2012 
70,764 

Awards  
granted 
(lapsed) 
– 

31st March 2011 

245  

89,613  

Simon Embley 

1st June 2010 

271 

167,857 

31st March 2011 

245 

203,665 

David Newnes 

1st June 2010 

271 

39,286 

31st March 2011 

245 

57,026 

–  

– 

– 

– 

– 

Alison Traversoni1 

1st June 2010 
31st March 2011 

271 
245 

 39,286  
57,026 

(39,286)  
(57,026) 

1 Alison Traversoni retired from the Board on 31st December 2012. As a result her JSOP options have lapsed.

Awards 
vested 

– 

–  

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  
– 

As at 31st 
December 
2012 
70,764 

89,613 

167,857 

203,665 

39,286 

57,026 

–  
–  

Exercise/
Release
Period
24th August 2013 to 
24th August 2020
31st March 2014 to 
31st March 2021 
1st June 2013 to 
1st June 2020 
31st March 2014 to 
31st March 2021 
1st June 2013 to 
1st June 2020 
31st March 2014 to 
31st March 2021 
N/A 
N/A

In respect of the above JSOP awards, Executive Directors have entered into a co-ownership agreement with the Trustees of the Trust. Under the 
terms of the 2010 and 2011 agreements, the participant has the right to receive a proportion of the sale proceeds so far as the value exceeds 
£3.20 per share (an Interest) and a share appreciation right (SAR) entitles individuals to any growth in the value of LSL’s share price from £2.80 (June 
2010 awards), £2.68 (August 2010 awards), £2.45 (March 2011 awards) to £3.20, to the extent that performance targets and a continued service 
requirement are both met. 

The vesting of JSOP awards granted in 2010 and 2011 are conditional upon LSL’s Adjusted Basic earnings per share (EPS) performance meeting the 
following absolute performance targets over a period of three financial years starting with the financial year in which the JSOP award is granted:

Adjusted Basic EPS growth p.a.1

Value of shares under the JSOP award at date of grant 
(as a percentage of base salary)

10%

13%

17%

Chief Executive Officer

Other Executive Directors and Senior Managers

100%

150%

200%

100%

–

–

1 With straight line vesting between points for the Chief Executive Officer’s award.

46

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
In addition to the above Adjusted Basic EPS targets, LSL’s TSR must exceed that of the FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts) over the three 
year performance period for any of the 2011 JSOP awards to vest.

Other options granted to Executive Directors to acquire Ordinary Shares in LSL are as follows:

 Director 

Award Type 

Date of grant 

Share price 
on grant 
(pence) 

Exercise 
price 
(pence) 

As at 1st 
 January 
2012 

Awards 
granted 

Awards 
lapsed 

Awards 
exercised 

Awards 
vested 

As at 31st
December
2012 

Exercise Period 

Steve Cooke 

CSOP  24th August 2010  

248.75 

252 

11,870 

SAYE 

5th April 2011 

245 

257 

3,511 

– 

– 

LTIP  

2nd April 2012 

271 

275 

– 

80,000 

Simon Embley 

CSOP 

11th June 2010  

237.5 

240 

12,500 

SAYE 

5th April 2011 

245 

257 

3,511 

– 

– 

LTIP 

2nd April 2012 

271 

275 

– 

90,909 

David Newnes 

CSOP 

11th June 2010 

237.5 

240 

12,500 

SAYE 

5th April 2011 

245 

257 

3,511 

– 

– 

LTIP 

2nd April 2012 

271 

275 

– 

50,909 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Alison Traversoni1  CSOP 

11th June 2010 

237.5 

240 

12,500 

– 

(12,500) 

SAYE 

5th April 2011 

245 

257 

3,511 

 – 

(3,511) 

LTIP 

2nd April 2012 

271 

275 

– 

50,909 

(50,909) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

11,870 

3,511 

80,000 

12,500 

3,511 

90,909 

12,500 

3,511 

50,909 

24th August 2013  
  to 24th August 2020 
5th April 2014 to 
5th October 2014
2nd April 2015 to 
2nd April 2022
11th June 2013 to  
11th June 2020 
5th April 2014 to 
5th October 2014
2nd April 2015 to  
2nd April 2022
11th June 2013 to  
11th June 2020 
5th April 2014 to 
5th October 2014
2nd April 2015 to  
2nd April 2022
11th June 2013 to  
11th June 2020 
5th April 2014 to 
5th October 2014
2nd April 2015 to  
2nd April 2022

– 

– 

– 

1 Alison Traversoni retired from the Board on 31st December 2012. As a result her share awards have lapsed.

The aggregate of gains made by Directors on the exercise of any options in the year was £nil (2011: £27,000).

The Ordinary Share mid-market price ranged from 200.00p to 275.00p and averaged 233.94p during 2012. The price on 31st December 2012 was 
259.50p compared to 238.75p on 1st January 2012.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)

UNAUDITED INFORMATION

Directors’ Interests in Shares
The interests of the Directors in the shares of LSL at the beginning of the financial period, or their date of appointment if later, and at the end of the 
financial period are set out below:

 Director 
Helen Buck 
Steve Cooke 
Simon Embley 
Adrian Gill1 
Paul Latham2 
Roger Matthews3 
Mark Morris 
David Newnes 
Mark Pain 
Alison Traversoni4 

Shares at 
1st January 
2013 
0 
40,000 
10,230,500 
0 
3,902,061 
86,882 
53,972 
5,619,250 
0 
616,676 

Shares at
1st January 
% of Issued 
2012 
share capital 
0 
0 
40,000 
0.04 
9.82  10,050,500 
– 
3,902,061 
86,882 
53,972 
5,569,250 
0 
616,849 

0 
3.75 
0.08 
0.05 
5.35 
0 
0.59 

% of Issued
share capital
0
0.04
9.65
–
3.75
0.08
0.05
5.35
0
0.58

1 Adrian Gill joined the Board on 10th September 2012.
2 Paul Latham retired from the Board on 1st October 2012 and his holding includes shares acquired by his children.
3 Roger Matthews’ holding includes shares held by his wife.
4  Alison Traversoni retired from the Board on 31st December 2012 and her holding at that date includes shares held in LSL’s BAYE/SIP (at 31st December 2012, this amounted to 5,218 (2011: 4,391)).  

The shares were purchased by the Trust at the prevailing market value and are held for up to five years.

All the interests detailed above are beneficial. Apart from the interests disclosed above no Directors were interested at any time in the year in the 
share capital of any other Group company. There have been no other changes in the interests set out above between 31st December 2012 and the 
date of this Report.

48

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012 
 
 
Performance graph
The following graph shows the value, at 31st December 2012, of £100 invested in LSL compared with the value of £100 invested in both the FTSE 
Small Cap (excluding investment trusts) Index and the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) Index. The FTSE 250 Index has been chosen for 
consistency with prior years; and the FTSE Small Cap Index because LSL is a constituent of the FTSE Small Cap Index.

total Shareholder return
140

120

100

)
£
(
E
U
L
A
V

80

60

40

20

0

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

31-Dec-07

31-Dec-08

31-Dec-09

31-Dec-10

31-Dec-11

31-Dec-12

LSL Property Services plc

FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) Index

FTSE SmallCap (excluding investment trusts) Index

Source: Thomson Reuters Datastream

The mid market price of LSL shares in the year ranged from 200.00p to 275.00p and averaged 233.94p during 2012. The price on 31st December 2012 
was 259.50p compared to 238.75p on 1st January 2012.

Approved by and signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Sapna B Fitzgerald
Company Secretary 

28th February 2013

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Social Responsibility Statement

The Board has overall responsibility for establishing the Group’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Statement and associated policies with Steve Cooke, 
Group Finance Director, taking individual responsibility for the creation, operation and implementation of the Group’s CSR Statement and strategy.

LSL believes that it is necessary to support responsibly grounded business decision making, to consider the broad impact of corporate actions 
on people, communities, and the environment. The growing awareness of and attention to social responsibility issues has many benefits for 
corporations such as LSL and by way of this statement, LSL recognises that its employees are central to the Group meeting its CSR, Environmental and 
Community Investment objectives. Guidelines, progress and achievements are communicated to employees at regular intervals through bulletins, 
intranet sites and notice boards as appropriate. 

LSL’s focus is on actions that the Group can take over and above its legal requirements to address its competitive interests in the wider society and 
underpins all other internal policies that the Group adheres to. LSL actively ensures that its businesses are compliant and proactive in respect of 
legislation, in accordance with the interests of its employees, customers, suppliers and other stakeholders.

LSL believes that the objective of providing goods and services needed or desired by members of society while returning a profit to Shareholders 
can be – and should be – fully compatible with addressing social responsibility concerns and vice versa. For example, LSL’s environmental policy 
and performance demonstrates its commitment to the reduction of energy consumption and the positive impact that this has had both on the 
environment and in terms of cost reduction to the Group’s businesses.

The Board recognises that it is important for Group companies to operate in a responsible way. LSL’s stakeholders expect LSL to take issues into 
account and LSL in turn has a duty to demonstrate to them how it is living up to this expectation. This can often mean balancing competing demands 
which are placed on LSL as a public company and as a property services group. 

This section of the Report details how LSL seeks to manage these interests.

LSL’s objectives extend to its relationships with customers and suppliers, and all Group companies will seek to be honest and fair in these 
relationships. Further, ethics, hospitality and conflicts policies are in place to govern these relationships.

The LSL Board takes account of the significance of environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters in its decision making. The Board has 
identified the significant ESG risks to LSL’s short and long term value, as well as the opportunities to enhance value that may arise from an appropriate 
response. The Board has ensured that LSL has in place effective systems for managing and mitigating significant risks, which, where relevant, 
incorporate performance management systems and appropriate remuneration incentives.

1. our People
LSL recognises that its people are a valuable asset and are committed to providing a working environment in which employees can develop to achieve 
their full potential with opportunities for both professional and personal development. 

By creating such an environment, LSL believes it will enable the retention and recruitment of the right people to work at every level throughout 
the Group. An essential part of this strategy is to encourage and promote effective communication with all employees which is achieved through 
employee opinion surveys. This also ensures that LSL, in its decision making, takes into account its employees’ views.

During 2012 LSL’s Talent Team won a Chartered Institute of Personnel Development HR Award in recognition of its success in talent acquisition. The 
team won the Talent Attraction and Management Award, following the creation of dedicated talent acquisition teams whose prime objective is to 
attract the ‘best in the business’ to join the LSL Group. 

Based in Southampton, Newcastle, Derby and London the teams, led by dedicated recruitment specialists, aim to promote the significant benefits 
of working in LSL with each drawing on their expertise in recruitment, training, financial services and HR. The judges praised LSL’s creation of the 
teams and also its investment in systems to streamline the recruitment process including the creation of an online talent management platform that 
enables candidates to track the status of their application.

2. our Approach
LSL’s aim is to be recognised by existing and potential future employees as a responsible employer that values its people and the contribution they 
make, both in the business and in the wider community. LSL recognises that its market leading positions in Estate Agency and Surveying are achieved 
by the quality and service provided by LSL employees. Group employees are LSL’s key differentiator and it is this principle that guides LSL’s decision 
making on how it approaches the management of its people.

50

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Despite the continuing economic challenges in 2012, the Group has maintained its commitment to recruit, develop and invest in its people. LSL’s 
approach is to prioritise learning and development to strengthen the business further and to ensure its continued success. For example, during 2012 
e.surv Chartered Surveyors continued its successful partnership with the Mitre Group, one of the UK’s leading skills development organisations. 
As a result, 204 (2011: 128) members of staff were trained to NVQ1, 2 and 3 levels across a range of programmes including customer service, 
sales, leadership and management. The programme continues into 2013 with e.surv Chartered Surveyors’ employees completing 146 (2011: 31) 
apprenticeships and 167 (2011: 21) stand alone NVQs. There are now 48 (2011: 60) members of staff on apprenticeship programmes many of whom 
are nearing completion. Since 2011 e.surv Chartered Surveyors has employed a dedicated trainer to head up the Training Academy which supports 
the apprenticeship and NVQ programmes. Further in 2012, the relationship with Mitre was extended to LSL Corporate Client Department where 
it was rolled out to 11 people resulting in both Intermediate Apprenticeships in Team Leadership and Advanced Apprenticeship in Management 
achievements.

3. communication
a. Employees:
LSL ensures that employees are kept informed of Group affairs via information distributed by post, e-mail, handbooks or the various intranet sites. 
Group employees are encouraged to discuss strategic, operational and business issues within their teams and with their management. 

The Board values employee feedback and employee opinion surveys are now operating across all parts of Group businesses on an annual basis. The 
survey process itself has been continually evaluated and is being developed to maximise the validity and reliability of the data that is captured, which 
is then presented to the Board as part of a regular review of employee matters which focuses on understanding the issues facing our employees. 
KPIs such as labour turnover and responses to key questions (for example whether staff feel they will still be working for LSL in three years) are also 
monitored to measure staff morale. 

In addition in 2012, following the 2011 gender diversity survey undertaken by LSL, a further study was initiated which built on the findings of the  
2011 review.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

On strategic matters, LSL recognises and consults Unite.

e.surv Chartered Surveyors once again successfully achieved the Best Companies “One to Watch” status for 2012.

b. Customers:
In relation to its customers, all businesses regularly seek feedback from customers. This Feedback is obtained in a range of ways, including 
relationship management meetings, formal questionnaires and mystery shopping exercises. This feedback is taken into account in our decision 
making process and in particular in the development of our services to customers.

4. Equal opportunities
a. Gender Diversity:
Following the release of Lord Davies’ report on Gender Diversity, the Board commissioned an employee gender diversity survey which was 
conducted in October 2011. This survey sought the views of senior female employees across the Group and in summary the survey concluded as 
follows – the majority of the respondents:

1. felt confident that they had been promoted based on their performance and achievement;

2. disagreed that there were barriers to encourage women’s participation in positions of authority within the Group; and

3. confirmed that the Group is sufficiently diverse and positive towards females.

In 2012 a further study was undertaken to review gender career progression within LSL which highlighted differences in career progression. Following 
completion of the study, recommendations are being adopted to address the issues highlighted by the study, which includes the development of 
targeted training to support female employees to allow them to maximise their career progression within LSL. 

LSL promotes equal opportunities in employment, recognising that equality and diversity are vital parts of its success and growth. LSL’s recruitment, 
training and selection processes seek to appoint the best candidates based on suitability for the job and to treat all employees and applicants fairly 
regardless of race, sex, marital status, nationality, ethnic origin, age, disability, religious belief or sexual orientation, and to ensure that no individuals 
suffer harassment or intimidation.

51

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Social Responsibility Statement (continued)

b. Disability:
LSL’s objective is that where appropriate, upon employment reasonable adjustments will be made to accommodate disabled persons wherever the 
requirements of the organisation will allow and if applications for employment are received from suitable individuals. If existing employees become 
disabled every reasonable effort is also made to ensure that their employment with LSL can continue on a worthwhile basis with career opportunities 
available to them.

Specific employment policies exist which employees are required to observe and over which the Group Chief Executive Officer has overall responsibility. 
Compliance with legislation and Group policies is audited by the Group’s Internal Audit team with regular reporting to the Board, which includes 
indicators such as staff turnover.

Employee Key Performance Indicators 
The Group uses a number of key performance indicators to measure its progress during the year, including employee turnover and the makeup of its 
workforce by gender.

Total Employees at 31st December 
Total Employee turnover percentage (%) (Data excludes forced leavers) 
Breakdown by Gender
Male  
Female  

2012 
4,754 
26.7 

2,052 
2,702 

2011 
4,831 
24.8 

2,065 
2,748 

2010 
4,490 
28.5  

 1,838 
2,652 

2009 
3,287 
19.3 

1,389  
 1,898  

2008
2,806
24.2

 1,145 
 1,661

Employee Training 
LSL’s businesses place strong emphasis on the quality of service they provide to customers with employees (and where appropriate consultants) 
undergoing appropriate training, for example:

a. Estate Agency and Related Services:
Within the Estate Agency Division’s branches, employees adhere to the Code of Practice for Residential Estate Agents published by The Property 
Ombudsman (TPO), which is a code approved by the Office of Fair Trading (OFT) and which exceeds the legal requirements of the Consumers, Estate 
Agents and Redress Act 2007 (CEARA). In addition, following the Government announcement of its intention to repeal the Property Misdescriptions 
Act and to amend the Estate Agents Act and the publication by the OFT of its guidance on the application of the Consumer Protection Regulations to 
Estate Agents, LSL has recently reviewed the training program which is delivered to its employees. Employees of the Estate Agency Division receive a 
specially designed training course and the quality of service is monitored on a regular basis.

The Financial Services businesses also place strong emphasis on the quality of service provided to customers and all advisers complete a specially 
designed comprehensive training programme which is supplemented by effective supervision, regular monitoring and regular refresher training 
sessions.

b. Surveying and Valuation Services :
In addition to the training initiative undertaken with Mitre, and described on the previous page, all surveyors receive continuing professional 
development through a variety of methods ranging from distance learning, regional workshops and an annual conference.

During 2012, the Group training expenditure was:

 Division 
Estate Agency and Related Services 
Surveying and Valuation Services 
total Expenditure 

This includes in house training costs of £700,623 (2011: £611,127).

Expenditure 
2012 
£ 
1,232,368 
152,688 
1,385,056 

Expenditure 
2011
£
1,129,230
133,567
1,262,797

5. Health, Safety and Welfare 
LSL places great importance on the health, safety and welfare of its employees. Policies, Group standards and procedures are in place, which aim to 
identify and remove any hazardous areas, reduce material risks of fire and accidents or injuries to employees and visitors and, in conjunction with its 
HR policies, manage workplace stress levels.

52

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012 
 
 
To this end, LSL makes every reasonable effort to provide safe and healthy working conditions in all offices and branches. Similarly, it is the duty of all 
employees to exercise responsibility and to do everything to prevent injury to themselves and to others.

Separate Health and Safety policies exist which employees are required to observe and Steve Cooke, the Group Finance Director has overall 
responsibility for these. Compliance with legislation and Group policies is audited by the Group’s Internal Audit team with regular reporting to the 
Board, and includes indicators such as accident numbers.

6. Environmental issues 
LSL recognises that the environment has an intrinsic value, is central to quality of life and underpins economic development. 

As part of this understanding, LSL has assessed the main areas in which it is able to effect the largest reductions in the Group’s overall environmental 
impact. Since 2010, LSL’s ‘green’ priorities have therefore been to:
• Improve energy efficiency and reduce energy usage
• Reduce waste and increase recycling
• Reduce transport generated CO2 emissions

Since the adoption of these ‘green’ priorities, LSL has sought to keep stakeholders informed on how LSL manages its environmental impacts and how 
it is performing. Stakeholders may also provide LSL with views and opinions which can strengthen LSL’s approach to environmental management. 
Within this framework, LSL companies assess and manage the environmental impact of their operations to ensure that LSL is an active participant in 
the sustainable society and the LSL Board receives regular reports to enable it to monitor progress.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

Environmental initiatives focused on in 2011 and continued in 2012 included:
• Recycling
• Power saving
• Avoid printing
• Remote meetings

The Greenhouse Gas Emissions (Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013:
During 2012, in anticipation of the introduction of mandatory emissions reporting legislation that will apply to LSL from 2013, LSL commissioned 
independent organisation, Carbon Credentials, to evaluate the Group’s preparedness via an objective assessment of emissions reporting capabilities, 
including thorough investigation of the Group’s previous Carbon Disclosure Project responses.

With effect from the 2013 Annual Report and Accounts, LSL will report on appropriate targets and KPIs to be identified in consultation with Carbon 
Credentials and agreed in accordance with LSL’s obligations under the new regulations.

A number of recommendations have been put forward that are currently being considered for implementation as part of LSL’s preparation for the 
incoming emissions reporting legislation. This includes plans to adopt DEFRA’s ‘Guidance on how to measure and report greenhouse emissions’, 
which is a widely approved standard requiring organisations to categorise emissions according to three separate scopes as defined by the WRI/
WBCSD Greenhouse Gas Protocol. This allows for the identification of significant activities within the organisation that are responsible for the release 
of emissions so that appropriate action can be taken.

Recycling Initiatives: 
During 2012 and going forward into 2013, LSL continues to promote environmental awareness within the Group and continues to encourage the  
use of environmentally sensitive confidential disposal arrangements for the destruction of office waste, including paper and toners. e.surv Chartered 
Surveyors participated in the ‘Shred-Pro’ shredding and recycling programme and saved 63.9 trees in doing so.

Across the Group, recycling schemes are in place with Iron Mountain, which delivered the following benefits in 2012:
• 96 (2011: 110) cubic metre landfill reduction
• 798 (2011: 912) trees saved
• 42,476 (2011: 48,673) kilos of recycled paper produced

In 2011 LSL launched a waste management programme within parts of the Residential Sales and Lettings branches through the service provided 
by Green Star (part of the Biffa Group). During 2012, e.surv Chartered Surveyors also joined the scheme and there are plans to roll out this 
environmentally friendly waste management programme to other parts of LSL. 

53

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Social Responsibility Statement (continued)

The programme aims to:  
1. develop and implement a recycling strategy throughout the LSL Group to meeting its CSR objectives; 

2. deliver a detailed plan to divert waste away from landfill; and 

3. deliver a financial cost saving.

By the end of 2012 and in accordance with the target set by Your Move’s board to achieve a split of waste disposal of 50/50 between general waste 
and dry mix recycling (DMR), Your Move has built on the progress it had made in 2011 and on average processed 44% of its waste via the DMR route. 
Whilst this is below the aforementioned 50% target steps are being taken to address the shortfall, which include a review of branch activity during the 
first quarter of 2013 with particular focus being given to those branches that consistently fail to achieve the DMR target. 

Set out in the table below is a list of opportunities to support our green priorities together with progress achieved during the year:

Status

Progress

3 

Benchmark data reported against which targets can be set.

Smart Meters to monitor electricity consumption have been installed at 90% of Your Move branches (excluding 
those sites where impractical). The installation of Smart Meters to monitor gas consumption by Your Move sites 
is planned for 2013.

As part of the Estate Agency branch refurbishment and refresh works low energy light installations are 
incorporated (where possible). 

Within the Surveying Division energy consumption measured in CO2 tonnes reduced by 10% in 2012. This 
reduction was achieved by continuing initiatives commenced in 2010, which includes switching printers and PCs 
off overnight; installing timers on drinks machines; air conditioning turned off in favour of natural ventilation 
and turned off overnight and at weekends.

PIR lighting sensors installed.

In place at the Surveying Division Head Office and processing sites.

Plans in place to introduce to other Head Office sites.

The “Be Green” logo, which was designed and communicated to all Group companies is now  
in use on most marketing material.

“Think before you print” appended to most Group email footers with plans to roll out to all. 

Continued investment in electronic record keeping avoiding the need to maintain paper files.

Where facilities exist, double sided copying is promoted and used.

Estate Agency branches email property particulars and other communications to customers instead of posting.

Survey reports to private customers are delivered by email wherever customer consent is obtained.

The Surveying Division has invested in new automated technology which is expected to deliver savings both in 
terms of use of paper and in terms of environmental impact by increasing the number of documents emailed 
instead of posted. 

LSL encourages company car users to select energy efficient cars, and offer a range of hybrid and efficient 
dynamic diesel models on the company car list. Average CO2 emissions for the fleet fell from 140.3 
CO2 g/km in 2011 to 125.0 CO2g/km in 2012. The carbon footprint of LSL continues to fall as a result.

Across the Group, desk based bins are being discouraged with the bins placed centrally for the disposal of waste. 
Further, employees are encouraged to use non-sensitive scrap paper as note paper.

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2012 Initiatives (Introduced 
and Maintained)

Monitoring of Group energy 
consumption and the 
appointment of energy 
champions across the Group.

Lighting initiatives, which 
include the replacement 
of lighting with low energy 
efficient alternatives and the 
implementation of a “switch it 
off” campaign.

Promotion of the installation 
of timer plugs on all appliances 
where appropriate.

Continued promotion of  
LSL environmental logo.

Continued reduction in the  
use of paper by reducing the 
printing of emails and promoting 
double sided photocopying.

Emailing customers in 
preference to posting letters.

Work flow management  
system developed.

Improved choice of low 
emission cars on  
company car fleet.

Encourage recycling of paper.

54

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012 
The Group’s Environmental Policy is contained within the CSR Policy, which Steve Cooke, Group Finance Director, has overall responsibility for. 
Compliance with the CSR Policy is audited by the Group’s Internal Audit team with regular reporting to the Board.

7. Social and community interests (including Social and Ethical issues)
LSL’s social and community investment objective is to establish a common and coherent approach among Group businesses and to support 
investment in the communities in which they operate. Through LSL’s community investment objective, it encourages each Group company to be 
sensitive to the local community’s cultural, social and economic needs. This objective demonstrates LSL’s commitment to operate responsibly 
wherever it operates and to engage with stakeholders to manage the social, economic and environmental impact of Group activities.

LSL’s business has a direct impact on the local communities in which it operates and the community investment objective recognises that good 
relations with local communities are fundamental to LSL’s sustained success. Working in partnership with communities over a sustained period of 
time is the most effective way to achieve real results and lasting change. 

LSL supports its businesses in achieving its objectives by encouraging Group businesses to:

1. make donations both to local and national charities

2. support and organise fundraising events including supporting charities and local community initiatives selected by Group companies

3. support employees in their personal fundraising ambitions 

Further details of some specific charitable initiatives are set out below.

charitable donations:
a. Workplace Giving:
LSL has implemented the ‘Workplace Giving’ initiative and all Group employees have been invited to participate. The initiative was launched in 
October 2010 and in 2012 LSL employees raised £24,990. Over 180 employees participate in the scheme, which donates to a range of charities. 

Working with professional fundraising organisations, Workplace Giving UK makes it possible for employees to make regular donations via the payroll 
system to a charity or charities of their choice on a tax free basis. The tax free element means that the charity benefits on receiving a higher amount.

Further information can be found at: www.workplacegiving.co.uk/giving

b. The Estate Agency Foundation (www.eafcharity.org):
LSL’s Estate Agency Division continues to support the Estate Agency Foundation (EAF) as its employee nominated charity. The EAF supports several 
registered charities whose collective aim is to eliminate the causes of homelessness. These include:

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s

’

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
B
u
s
i
n
e
s
s
R
e
v

i

e
w

• Centre Point (www.centrepoint.org.uk)

• Thames Reach (www.thamesreach.org.uk)

• Trinity Winchester (www.trinitywinchester.org.uk)

• Hope 4 (www.hope4.org.uk)

• Doncaster Housing for Young People (www.dhyp.net)

The EAF was chosen due to its direct connection with property and estate agency. It brings together estate agents from all over the country with the 
hope that by using their collective fundraising skills, the EAF will make a significant contribution to communities.

In addition, during the summer of 2012 LSLi MD Jon Cooke, undertook the Zoopla British Property Cycle, a 32 stage round the UK cycle event which 
was completed in a month. The aim of the event, the brainchild of Jon Cooke, was to bring together the whole of the property industry in raising much 
needed funds for the EAF and to demonstrate the industry’s support of the ‘festival’ of sport and community that surrounded the Olympics. The team 
of cyclists, included Jon and other LSL employees, and over the course of the event the team cycled approximately 2,500 miles around the UK coast 
visiting over 125 estate agency offices, many of them LSL’s, along the way. The main team was also supported by over 100 cyclists who joined in the 
event at varying stages. In total, more than £70,000 has been raised for the charity as a result of the event.

55

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Social Responsibility Statement (continued)

c. Surveying
Within the Surveying Division, during 2012 a number of different charities (national and local) were supported by initiatives undertaken by e.surv 
Chartered Surveyors employees, which included the following: 

• Cransley Hospice, a hospice for terminally ill patients in Kettering (nominated staff charity since 2010) (www.cransleyhospice.co.uk).

• Anthony Nolan Trust (www.anthonynolan.org)

• Sport Relief (www.sportrelief.com)

• Help Oliver Walk (www.helpoliverwalk.co.uk)

• Teenage Cancer Trust (www.teenagecancertrust.co.uk)

• Macmillan Cancer Support (www.macmillan.org.uk)

• Diabetes UK (www.diabetes.org.uk) 

• Wear it Pink (www.wearitpink.co.uk)

• MovemberUK (uk.movember.com)

• Jamie’s Match Ball (uk.virginmoneygiving.com/fundraiser-web/fundraiser/showFundraiserProfilePage.action?userurl=Jamiesmatchball)

• Stand Up to cancer (www.standup2cancer.org)

• The Laura Centre (www.thelauracentre.org.uk)

• Jeans for Genes (www.jeansforgenesday.org)

• Children in Need (www.bbc.co.uk/programmes/b008dk4b)

• Rainbow Trust Children’s Charity (www.rainbowtrust.org.uk)

• CRY (www.c-r-y.org.uk)

• North East Air Ambulance (www.greatnorthairambulance.co.uk)

56

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Financial Statements

in tHiS SEction

Independent Auditors’ Report to the  
Members of LSL Property Services plc  

Group Income Statement 

Group Statement of  
Comprehensive Income 

Group Balance Sheet 

Group Statement of Cash Flows 

Group Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Relation to the Parent Company  
Financial Statements 

Independent Auditors’ Report to the  
Members of LSL Property Services plc  

Parent Company Balance Sheet 

Notes to the Parent Company Financial 
Statements 

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

105

106

107

108

57

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of 
LSL Property Services plc

We have audited the group financial statements of LSL Property Services plc for the year ended 31st December 2012 which comprise the Group 
Income Statement, the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Group Balance Sheet, the Group Statement of Cash Flows, the Group 
Statement of Changes in Equity and the related notes 1 to 33. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is 
applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work 
has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 27, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the group 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to 
comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the group’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant 
accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-
financial information in the Annual Report & Accounts to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements. If we become aware 
of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the group financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s affairs as at 31st December 2012 and of its profit for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

opinion on other matter prescribed by the companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

• 

• 

the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 
statements; and

the information given in the Corporate Governance Report set out on pages 33 to 39 with respect to internal control and risk management 
systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital structures is consistent with the financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  a Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared by the Company.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

• 

• 

the Directors’ statement, in relation to going concern;

the part of the Corporate Governance Report relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review and

•  certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board on Directors’ remuneration.

other matter
We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of LSL Property Services plc for the year ended 31st December 2012 and on 
the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited. 

Stuart Watson (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Leeds 
28th February 2013

58

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Group Income Statement

for the year ended 31st December 2012

Revenue 
Operating expenses:
  Employee and subcontractor costs
  Establishment costs
  Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 
  Other

Rental income
Group’s share of profit after tax in joint ventures
group operating profit before contingent consideration, exceptional costs, amortisation and share-
based payments
Share-based payments
Amortisation of intangible assets
Exceptional (cost)/profit
Contingent consideration
group operating profit
Finance income 
Finance costs
Exceptional finance costs
net financial costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
– related to exceptional costs and contingent consideration
– others

Profit for the year 
Attributable to
– Owners of the parent
– Non-controlling interest
Earnings per share expressed in pence per share:
Basic 
Diluted
Adjusted – basic
Adjusted – diluted

Note

3

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

243,845

218,381

12

15

3
17

12
14
7
7
4
5
6
7

8

13

10
10
10
10

(142,224)
(18,459)
(3,499)
(46,926)
(211,108)
1,120
1,283

(124,786)
(15,886)
(2,581)
(45,734)
(188,987)
1,044
679

35,140
(647)
 (3,472)
(17,684)
(4,152)
9,185
10
(2,891)
429
(2,452)
6,733

5,288
(5,004)
284
7,017

7,001
16

6.8
6.8
23.8
23.8

31,117
(787)
 (8,472)
(2,048)
(166)
19,644
4
(1,874)
(182)
(2,052)
17,592

570
(4,927)
(4,357)
13,235

13,217
18

12.9
12.9
21.0
21.0

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

59

 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 31st December 2012

Profit for the year
Revaluation of financial assets
Income tax effect
other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Attributable to
– Owners of the parent
– Non-controlling interest

Note

16
13

2012
£’000

7,017
10,677
(2,456)
8,221
15,238

15,222
16

2011
£’000

13,235
–
–
–
13,235

13,217
18

60

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Group Balance Sheet 

as at 31st December 2012

non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Financial assets
Investments in joint ventures
total non-current assets
current assets
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
total current assets
Non-current assets held for sale
total assets
current liabilities
Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions for liabilities 
total current liabilities
non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Provisions for liabilities 
total non-current liabilities
total Liabilities
net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Share-based payment reserve
Treasury shares
Fair value reserve
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to owners of parent
Non-controlling interests
total equity

The Financial Statements were approved by the Board on 28th February 2013 and were signed on its behalf by:

Steve cooke  
Group Finance Director 

Simon Embley
Group Chief Executive Officer

Note

 2012
£’000

 2011
£’000

14
14
15
16
17

18

19

15

21
20

22

21
13
22

24
25
25
25
25

25

119,749
18,509
13,501
11,921
2,313
165,993

29,552
2,242
225
32,019
1,097
199,109

(2,396)
(47,805)
–
(2,305)
(52,506)

(42,165)
(5,464)
(22,895)
(70,524)
(123,030)
76,079

208
5,629
1,526
(2,691)
8,221
63,117
76,010
69
76,079

116,452
21,042
17,491
347
1,768
157,100

28,681
–
435
29,116
–
186,216

(2,246)
(46,603)
(3,372)
(706)
(52,927)

(46,782)
(4,772)
(9,352)
(60,906)
(113,833)
72,383

208
5,629
912
(2,747)
–
68,328
72,330
53
72,383

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

61

 
Group Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 31st December 2012

cash generated from operating activities
Profit before tax
Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to net cash from operating activities
Exceptional operating costs and contingent consideration (excluding gain on sale 
of assets)
Amortisation of intangible assets
Finance income
Finance costs 
Exceptional finance costs
Share-based payments

Group operating profit before amortisation and share-based payments
Depreciation
Share of results of joint ventures
(Gain)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
Decrease in trade and other payables 
Decrease in provisions

cash generated from operations
Interest paid
Tax paid

net cash generated from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash acquired on purchase of subsidiary undertaking
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and other businesses
Investment in joint venture
Investment in financial assets
Dividends received from joint venture
Interest received
Purchase of property, plant and Equipment and intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale financial asset
net cash expended on investing activities

cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of loans
Proceeds from loans
Purchase of treasury shares (net of consideration received on reissue of treasury 
shares)
Dividends paid
net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities
net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

62

31st December 2012

31st December 2011

Note

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

6,733

17,592

23,262
3,472
(10)
2,891
(429)
647

3,499
(1,283)
(1,426)

12
(2,078)
(2,699)

(2,084)
(7,252)

223
(3,926)
(10)
(897)
748
10
(5,680)
6,290
–

(10,962)
–

–
(9,261)

7
14
5
6
7
12

15

8

27
27
17
16

5
15
15

11

19

13,525
31,117

1,910

(8,728)
24,299

(4,657)
19,642

29,833
36,566

790

(4,765)
32,591

(9,336)
23,255

2,214
8,472
(4)
1,874
182
787

2,581
(679)
8

(2,054)
(4,491)
(2,183)

(1,422)
(3,235)

5,707
(46,826)
(671)
-
332
4
(3,243)
–
1,962

(3,242)

(42,735)

–
32,939

(804)
(8,945)

(20,223)
(210)
435
225

23,190
97
338
435

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Group Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 31st December 2012

year ended 31st December 2012

At 1st January 2012
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
total comprehensive income for the year
Reissue of treasury shares
Put option over non-controlling interests
Share-based payments
Dividend payment
At 31st December 2012

year ended 31st December 2011

At 1st January 2011
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
total comprehensive income for the year
Purchase of treasury shares
Reissue of treasury shares
Share-based payments
Dividend payment
At 31st December 2011

Share 
capital
£’000

208
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
208

Share 
premium 
account
£’000
5,629
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5,629

Share-based 
payment 
reserve
£’000
912
–
–
–
(33)
–
647
–
1,526

treasury 
shares
£’000
(2,747)
–
–
–
56
–
–
–
(2,691)

Fair value 
Reserve
£’000
–
–
8,221
8,221
–
–
–
–
8,221

Share
capital
£’000

208
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
208

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

Share- based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

5,629
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5,629

1,014
–
–
–
–
(889)
787
–
912

Treasury 
shares
£’000
(3,139)
–
–
–
(1,762)
2,154
–
–
(2,747)

Retained 
earnings
£’000
68,328
7,001
–
7,001
(23)
(2,928)
–
(9,261)
63,117

Retained 
earnings
£’000
64,363
13,217
–
13,217
–
(307)
–
(8,945)
68,328

total
equity
£’000
72,330
7,001
8,221
15,222
–
(2,928)
647
(9,261)
76,010

Total
equity
£’000
68,075
13,217
–
13,217
(1,762)
958
787
(8,945)
72,330

non-
controlling 
interests
£’000
53
16
–
16
–
–
–
–
69

Non-
controlling 
interests
£’000
35
18
–
18
–
–
–
–
53

total
£’000
72,383
7,017
8,221
15,238
–
(2,928)
647
(9,261)
76,079

Total
£’000
68,110
13,235
–
13,235
(1,762)
958
787
(8,945)
72,383

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

63

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements

for the year ended 31st December 2012

1.  Authorisation of Financial Statements and statement of compliance with iFRSs
The Group Financial Statements of LSL and its subsidiaries for the year ended 31st December 2012 were authorised for issue by the Board of the 
Directors on 28th February 2013 and the balance sheet was signed on the Board’s behalf by Simon Embley and Steve Cooke. LSL is a listed company 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales and the Group operates a network of estate agencies, surveying and valuation businesses and 
other related businesses.

The Group’s Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

2.  Accounting policies 
Basis of preparation of financial information
The Group Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and on a historical cost basis, except for, derivative financial 
instruments and available-for-sale investments that have been measured at fair value.

The accounting policies which follow set out those significant policies which apply in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 
31st December 2012. The Group’s Financial Statements are presented in sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) 
except when otherwise indicated. 

new standards and interpretations
The amendments to the following standards below did not have any impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the 
Group: 

•  Amendments to IFRS 7 - Disclosures - Transfers of financial assets

•  Amendments to IAS 12 - Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets

Judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial information in conformity with IFRS as adopted by European Union requires the Director to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reporting amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and 
associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, 
the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in 
which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both 
current and future periods.

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Valuations in acquisitions
The measurement of intangible assets other than goodwill on a business combination involves the estimation of future cash flows and other inputs 
relevant to the valuation model being applied.

Impairment of intangible assets
The Group determines whether indefinite life intangible assets (including goodwill) are impaired on an annual basis and this requires an estimation of 
the value in use of the cash generating units to which the intangible assets are allocated. This involves estimation of future cash flows and choosing a 
suitable discount rate (see note 14).

Assessment of the useful life of an intangible asset
The consideration of the relevant factors when determining the useful life of an intangible asset requires judgement. Similarly there is also 
judgement applied when assessing that an intangible asset has an indefinite useful life.

Professional indemnity claims
Significant judgement is required when provisioning for PI claims. Details of key assumptions in these areas are disclosed in notes 7 and 22 to these 
Financial Statements.

64

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Contingent consideration
The Group has acquired a number of businesses over the last few years. With regard to a number of these businesses, the Group has a put and call 
option to buy the remaining interest in these businesses at some point in the future. In accordance with the accounting standards, estimates have 
been made with regard to the future profitability of these acquisitions and a provision for the cost of acquiring these interests has been recognised. 
The provisions are disclosed in note 21 to these Financial Statements.

Valuation of financial assets
The Group owns minority interests in a number of unlisted entities. In accordance with the accounting standards, these investments are held at fair 
value and significant judgment is required in assessing the fair value of these investments. Further details of the methodology used are disclosed in 
note 16 to these Financial Statements.

Basis of consolidation
From 1st January 2010

Subsidiaries:
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated 
until the date such control ceases. Control comprises the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee so as to obtain benefit 
from its activities and is achieved through direct or indirect ownership of its voting rights; currently exercisable or convertible potential voting rights; 
or by way of contractual agreement. The Financial Statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation of the consolidated Financial Statements 
are prepared on the same reporting year as the parent company and are based on consistent accounting policies. All intra-group balances and 
transactions, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated in full. 

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. 

non-controlling interests:
Non-controlling interests represent the equity in a subsidiary not attributable directly or indirectly to the parent company; and is presented within 
equity in the consolidated balance sheet, separately from equity attributable to owners of the parent. Losses within a subsidiary are attributed to the 
non-controlling interest even if it results in a deficit balance. 

Basis of consolidation prior to 1st January 2010
Certain of the above-mentioned requirements were applied on a prospective basis. The following differences, however, are carried forward in certain 
instances from the previous basis of consolidation: 

Non-controlling interests represent the portion of profit or loss and net assets in subsidiaries that is not held by the Group and is presented 
separately within equity in the consolidated balance sheet, separately from parent shareholder’s equity. 

Acquisitions of non-controlling interests, prior to 1st January 2010, were accounted for using the parent entity extension method, whereby the 
difference between the consideration and the book value of the share of the net assets acquired were recognised in goodwill. 

Losses incurred by the Group were attributed to the non-controlling interest until the balance was reduced to nil. Any further excess losses were 
attributed to the parent, unless the non-controlling interest had a binding obligation to cover these. Losses prior to 1st January 2010 were not 
reallocated between non-controlling interest and the parent shareholders. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Upon loss of control, the Group accounted for the investment retained at its proportionate share of net asset value at the date control was lost. The 
carrying value of such investments at 1st January 2010 has not been restated. The purchase method of accounting was used for all acquisitions of 
subsidiaries. All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses were eliminated on consolidation.

interest in jointly controlled entities
The Group has a number of contractual arrangements with other parties which represent jointly controlled entities. These take the form of 
arrangements to share control over other entities. Where the jointly controlled entity is established through an interest in a company, the Group 
recognises its interest in the entity’s assets and liabilities using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the interest in the jointly 
controlled entity is carried in the balance sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of its net assets, less distributions received 
and less any impairment in value of individual investments. The Group income statement reflects the share of the jointly controlled entity’s results 
after tax. 

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a jointly controlled entity is included in the carrying amount of the jointly controlled entity and is not 
amortised. To the extent that the net fair value of the entity’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is greater than the cost of the 
investment, a gain is recognised and added to the Group’s share of the entity’s profit or loss in the period in which the investment is acquired. 

65

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

2.  Accounting policies (continued)

interest in jointly controlled entities (continued)
Financial Statements of the jointly controlled entities are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. Where necessary, adjustments are 
made to bring the accounting policies used into line with those of the Group; to take into account fair values assigned at the date of acquisition and 
to reflect impairment losses where appropriate. Adjustments are also made in the Group’s Financial Statements to eliminate the Group’s share of 
unrealised gains and losses on transactions between the Group and its jointly controlled entities. The Group ceases to use the equity method on the 
date from which it no longer has joint control over or significant influence in, the joint venture. 

intangible assets

Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations from 1st January 2010
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration 
transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The choice of measurement of 
non-controlling interest, either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets, is determined on a transaction by 
transaction basis. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses. 

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in 
accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. Any contingent consideration to 
be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. 

Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability will be recognised in accordance with 
IAS 39 either in profit or loss or in other comprehensive income. If contingent consideration is linked to a service condition then expected payments 
are recognised in the profit or loss over the earn-out period. 

The revised version of IFRS 3 Business Combinations which is in place for acquisitions which occurred post 1st January 2010, has tightened the 
criteria linking contingent consideration to service. In acquisitions in 2011 and 2012, contingent consideration arrangements have been accounted 
for as remuneration as the arrangements involved the vendors forfeiting amounts otherwise due if services were not provided.

Where a put and call option is transacted over a non-controlling interest independently of a business combination, the present value of the exercise 
price of the put and call option is recorded as a liability with a debit to equity. Subsequent movements in the assessment of the exercise price are 
taken to profit and loss. If the put option lapses, the liability is derecognised with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the 
amount recognised for the non-controlling interest (and where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of 
the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree) over the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in 
exchange for the business combination. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in transactions separate to the business combinations, such as the 
settlement of pre-existing relationships or post-acquisition remuneration arrangements are accounted for separately from the business combination 
in accordance with their nature and applicable IFRSs. Identifiable intangible assets, meeting either the contractual-legal or separability criteria are 
recognised separately from goodwill. 

If the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for the non-controlling interest (and 
where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree) 
is lower than the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities and the fair value of any pre-existing interest held in the business 
acquired, the difference is recognised in profit and loss. 

Business combinations prior to 1st January 2010
Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition formed part of 
the acquisition costs. The minority interest is accounted for using the parent entity extension method, whereby the difference between the 
consideration paid and the book value of the share in net assets acquired is recognised in goodwill. Goodwill is initially measured at cost being 
the excess of the cost of business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities. If the net fair value of the acquired entity’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is greater than the cost of the investment, 
the difference is recognised in profit and loss. Goodwill recognised as an asset as at 31st December 2003 is recorded at its carrying amount under 
UKGAAP and is not amortised. Any goodwill asset arising on the acquisition of equity accounted entities is included within the cost of those entities. 

Contingent consideration is recognised if, and only if, the Group had a present obligation, the economic outflow is more likely than not and a reliable 
estimate is determinable. Subsequent adjustments to the contingent consideration were recognised as part of goodwill.

66

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012goodwill
After initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, with the carrying amount being reviewed for impairment 
at least annually and whenever events of changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value maybe impaired. A previously recognised 
impairment loss with respect to goodwill is not reversed in later years. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business 
combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units (or groups of cash generating units) that are 
expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. Each unit or 
group of units to which goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management 
purposes and is not larger than an operating segment before aggregation. 

The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to cash generating units is taken into account when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the unit, or 
of an operation within it.

other intangible assets 
Intangible assets other than goodwill that are acquired separately are measured at cost on initial recognition. Following the initial recognition, 
intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be 
either finite or indefinite.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and are recognised in the income statement when the asset is derecognised.

Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets (unless such lives are 
indefinite) as follows:

– between three and five years
– fifteen months 

Customer contracts:
  Estate agency customer contracts   – three to ten years
  Surveying customer contracts  
Lettings contracts  
Order book:
  Estate agency pipeline  
  Surveying pipeline  
  Estate agency register 
Others:
  Franchise agreements  
In-house software  

– six months
– one week 
– twelve months

– ten years
– three years

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the 
intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method are reviewed at least at each financial year end. Changes in 
the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the 
amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. 

Brand names are not amortised as the Directors are of the opinion that they each have an indefinite useful life. This is based on the expectation of the 
Directors that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which each of the assets are expected to generate net cash inflows to the businesses 
and the Directors are confident that trademark registration renewals will be filed at the appropriate time and sufficient investment will be made in 
terms of marketing and communication to maintain the value inherent in the brands, without incurring significant cost. All brands recognised have 
been in existence for a number of years, and are not considered to be at risk of obsolescence from technical, technological nor commercial change. 
Whilst operating in competitive markets they have demonstrated that they can continue to operate in the face of such competition and that there is 
expected to remain an underlying market demand for the services offered. The lives of these brands are not dependent on the useful lives of other 
assets of the entity.

impairment
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually either individually or at the cash generating unit level, and are not 
amortised. The useful life of an intangible asset with an indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether indefinite life assessment continues 
to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis. 

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual 
impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the 
higher of an asset’s or cash generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use, and is determined for an individual asset unless the 
asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or Groups of assets. Where the carrying amount of 

67

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

2.  Accounting policies (continued)

impairment (continued)
an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the 
time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognised in the income statement in those 
expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised 
impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the assets’ or cash generating unit’s 
recoverable amount. 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is provided to write off cost less 
the estimated residual value of property, plant and equipment by equal annual instalments over their estimated useful economic lives as follows: 

Office equipment, fixtures and fittings  
Computer equipment 
Motor vehicles  
Leasehold improvements  
Freehold and long leasehold property 

– over three to seven years
– over three to four years
– over three to four years
– over the shorter of the lease term or ten years
– over 50 years or the lease term whichever is shorter

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. 
Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the 
asset) is included in the income statement when the asset is derecognised. These assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are 
reviewed at each financial year end, and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

Dividends
Equity dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In the case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, this is when paid. In the 
case of final dividends, this is when approved by the Shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, based on tax rates 
and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The Directors periodically evaluate positions taken in the tax returns 
with respect to the situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in 
the financial statements, with the following exceptions:

•  where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business 

combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss; 

• 

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

•  deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible 

temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset is 
realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that 
sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at 
each reporting period and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be 
recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset, only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single net payment. Income tax is 
charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or equity, if it relates to items that are charged or credited in the current or prior periods 
to other comprehensive income or equity respectively. Otherwise income tax is recognised in the income statement.

68

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Share-based payment transactions

Equity-settled transactions
The equity share option programmes allow Group employees to acquire Ordinary Shares. The fair value of the options granted is recognised as an 
employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity in the case of equity-settled schemes. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread 
over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the options granted is measured using 
the Black Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions (including market and non vesting conditions) upon which the options were 
granted. Non market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance 
sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. No 
expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for equity-settled transactions where vesting is conditional upon a market or 
non vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market or non market vested condition is satisfied, provided 
that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share (further details 
given in note 10).

cash-settled transactions
The Group has issued shares in a subsidiary company to the management of that company with restrictions on transferability. The Group has a call 
option on these shares and these shares are considered as a cash-settled share scheme. The liability under the call option is measured at its fair value. 
Fair value is established initially at the grant date and at each balance sheet date thereafter until the awards are settled. During the vesting period a 
liability is recognised representing the product of the fair value of the award and the portion of the vesting period expired as at the balance sheet 
date. From the end of the vesting period until settlement, the liability represents the full fair value of the award as at the balance sheet date. Changes 
in the carrying amount of the liability are recognised in profit or loss for the year.

treasury shares
The Group has an employee share trust (ESOT) and an employee benefit trust (Trust) for the granting of Ordinary Shares to executives and senior 
employees. Shares in the Group held by the trusts are treated as treasury shares and presented in the balance sheet as a deduction from equity. No 
gain or loss is recognised in the income statement on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments. The finance 
costs and administration costs relating to the trusts are charged to the income statement. Dividends earned on shares held in the trusts have been 
waived. The shares are ignored for the purposes of calculating the Group’s EPS.

Leases
Group as a lessee
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases and rentals payable 
are charged in the income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term. 

Group as a lessor
Assets leased out under operating leases are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Rental 
income, including the effect of lease incentives, is recognised on a straight line basis over the lease term.

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date of whether 
the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. A 
reassessment is made after inception of the lease only if one of the following applies: 

(a)  There is a change in contractual terms, other than a renewal or extension of the arrangement; 

(b)  A renewal option is exercised or extension granted, unless the term of the renewal or extension was initially included in the lease term;

(c)  There is a change in the determination of whether fulfilment is dependent on a specified asset; or 

(d)  There is a substantial change to the asset.

Where a reassessment is made, lease accounting commences or ceases from the date when the change in circumstances gave rise to the 
reassessment for scenarios a), c) or d) and at the date of renewal or extension period for scenario b).

Pensions 
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees in certain Group companies. The assets of the scheme are invested and 
managed independently of the finances of the Group. The pension cost charge represents contributions payable in the year.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

69

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

2.  Accounting policies (continued)

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is 
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, provisions are determined by 
discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, when 
appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are measured at fair value, being the transaction price plus, in the case of financial 
assets not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs. Financial assets are de-recognised when the Group no longer has 
the rights to cash flows, the risks and rewards of ownership or control of the asset. Financial liabilities are de-recognised when the obligation under 
the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. All regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, being the date 
that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Regular way transactions require delivery of assets within the timeframe generally established 
by regulation or convention in the market place. The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification.

The Group’s accounting policy for each category of financial instruments is as follows:

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as such or are not classified as held to maturity, loan 
and receivables or fair value through profit or loss. After initial recognition available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value with gains 
or losses being recognised as a separate component of equity until the investment is de-recognised or until the investment is determined to be 
impaired at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in the income statement. Where a reliable indicator of fair 
value cannot be obtained the assets are valued at cost.

If an available-for-sale financial asset is impaired, an amount comprising the difference between its cost (net of any principal payment and 
amortisation) and its fair value is transferred from equity to the income statement. Reversals of impairment losses in respect of equity instruments 
classified as available-for-sale are not recognised in the income statement. 

Cash and short term deposits
Cash and short term deposits in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short term deposits with an original maturity period of 
three months or less.

For the purposes of the group cash flow statement, cash and short term deposits consist of cash and short term deposits.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables do not carry any interest and are stated at their original invoiced value as reduced by appropriate allowances for estimated 
irrecoverable amounts.

Trade receivables generally have four to seven day payment terms in the estate agency business and thirty days in the surveying business. Provision 
is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of 
recovery is assessed as being remote.

Trade payables
Trade payables do not carry any interest and are stated at their original invoice value.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, interest-bearing 
loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses arising on repurchase, 
settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance income and finance costs.

Finance costs comprise interest payable on borrowings calculated at the effective interest rate method and recognised on an accruals basis.

Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense when incurred.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate caps and interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with interest 
rate fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are 

70

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair 
value is negative. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value on derivatives are taken directly to the income statement. The fair value of 
interest rate swap contracts is determined by reference to market values for similar instruments. 

Assets carried at cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an unquoted equity instrument that is not carried at fair value because its fair value cannot 
be reliably measured, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated 
future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset.

Assets carried at amortised cost
In relation to trade receivables, a provision for impairment is made when there is objective evidence (such as the probability of insolvency or 
significant financial difficulties of the debtor) that the Group will not be able to collect all of the amounts due under the original terms of the invoice. 
The carrying amount of the receivable is reduced through use of an allowance account. Impaired debts are de-recognised when they are assessed as 
uncollectable.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable, excluding discounts, rebates, VAT and other sales taxes or duty. The following 
criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

Rendering of services
Revenue from the exchange fees in the estate agency business is recognised by reference to the legal exchange date of the housing transaction. 
Revenue from the supply of surveying services is recognised upon the completion of the professional survey by the surveyor. 

Financial services income
Revenue from mortgage procuration fees is recognised by reference to the completion date of the mortgage on the housing transaction. Revenue 
from policy sales is recognised by reference to the date that the policy is accepted by the insurer.

Interest income
Revenue is recognised as interest accrues (using the effective interest method - that is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts 
through the expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset). 

Rental income
Rental income including the effect of lease incentives from sub-let properties is recognised on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Dividends
Revenue is recognised when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established.

Exceptional items
The Group presents as exceptional items on the face of the income statement those material items of income and expense which, because of the 
nature and expected infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow shareholders to understand better the 
elements of financial performance in the year, so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess better trends in financial performance.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

71

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

2.  Accounting policies (continued)

new standards and interpretations not applied 
The following new standards, new interpretations and amendments to standards and interpretations have been issued but are not effective for the 
financial year beginning 1st January 2012 and have not been adopted early:

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRSs)

IFRS 9
IFRS 10
IFRS 11
IFRS 12
IFRS 13
IAS 27 (Revised)
IAS 28 (Revised)
Amendment to IAS 1 
IAS 19 (Revised)
Amendments to IFRS 7
Amendments to IAS 32

Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement
Consolidated Financial Statements
Joint Arrangements 
Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities
Fair Value Measurement
Separate Financial Statements
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income
Employee Benefits 
Disclosures: Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Financial Instruments

Effective date1

1st January 2015
1st January 2013
1st January 2013
1st January 2013
1st January 2013
1st January 2013
1st January 2013
1st July 2012
1st January 2013
1st January 2013
1st January 2014

1  The effective dates stated here are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations. As the Group has elected to prepare their financial statements in 
accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, the application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to their having been endorsed for use in the EU via 
the EU Endorsement mechanism. In the majority of cases this will result in an effective date consistent with that given in the original standard or interpretation but the need for 
endorsement restricts the Group’s discretion to adopt standards early.

The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of the above standards and interpretations will have a material impact on the Group’s Financial 
Statements, other than additional disclosures, in the period of initial application.

3.  Revenue
Revenue represents the amounts derived from the provision of services which fall within the Group’s ordinary activities, stated net of value added 
tax. The revenue and pre-tax income is attributable to the continuing activity of Estate Agency and Related Services and the provision of Surveying 
and Valuation Services on residential property. All the revenue arises in the United Kingdom.

Revenue disclosed in the income statement is analysed as follows:

Revenue from services
Revenue
Rental income
Finance income
total revenue

2012
£’000

243,845
243,845
1,120
10
244,975

2011
£’000

218,381
218,381
1,044
4
219,429

4.  Segment analysis of revenue and operating profit
For management purposes, the Group is organised into business units based on their products and services and has two reportable operating 
segments as follows:

•  The Estate Agency and Related Services provides services related to the sale and letting of housing. It operates a network of high street branches. 
As part of this process, the division also provides marketing and conveyancing services. In addition, it provides repossession asset management 
services to a range of lenders. It also sells mortgages for a number of lenders and sells life assurance and critical illness policies, etc for a number 
of insurance companies via the estate agency branch and Linear network. It also operates a financial services segment as separate mortgage 
and insurance distribution companies providing products and services to financial intermediaries. The results of this financial services segment, 
which does not meet the quantitative criteria for separate reporting under IFRS have been aggregated with those of Estate Agency and Related 
Services.

•  The Surveying and Valuation segment provides a professional survey service of domestic properties to various lending corporations and 

individual customers. 

Each segment has various products and services and the revenue from these products and services are disclosed on pages 14 to 19 under Business 
Review. 

The Directors monitor the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and 
performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit or loss which in certain respects, as explained in the table 

72

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012below, is measured differently from operating profit or loss in the Group Financial Statements. Head office costs, Group financing (including finance 
costs and finance incomes) and income taxes are managed on a Group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

Operating segments
The following table presents revenue and profit information regarding the Group’s operating segments for the financial year ended 31st December 
2012 and financial year ended 31st December 2011 respectively.

Year ended 31st December 2012

income statement information
Segmental revenue
Segmental result:
– before exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation and share-based payments
– after exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation and share-based payments
Finance income
Finance costs
Exceptional finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year 

Balance sheet information
Segment assets – intangible
Segment assets – other
Total Segment assets 
Total Segment liabilities 
net assets/(liabilities)
other segment items
Capital expenditure 
Depreciation 
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share of results of joint venture
PI claim provision
Onerous leases provision
Share based payment
Impairment of brand
Impairment of trade receivables

Estate 
Agency and
Related 
Services
£’000

Surveying 
and Valuation
Services
£’000

unallocated
£’000

total
£’000

181,627

62,218

–

243,845

24,430
20,168

13,910
(6,070)

(3,200)
(4,913)

35,140
9,185
10
(2,891)
429
6,733
284
7,017

Estate 
Agency and
Related 
 Services
£’000

Surveying 
and Valuation
Services
£’000

128,490
37,084
165,574
(56,313)
109,261

4,977
(3,168)
(1,072)
(1,283)
–
(875)
(353)
–
(42)

9,768
7,018
16,786
(32,797)
(16,011)

700
(298)
(2,400)
–
(21,204)
–
(212)
–
(9)

unallocated
£’000

total
£’000

–
16,749
16,749
(33,920)
(17,171)

138,258
60,851
199,109
(123,030)
76,079

3
(33)
–
–
–
–
(82)
–
–

5,680
(3,499)
(3,472)
(1,283)
(21,204)
(875)
(647)
–
(51)

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Unallocated net liabilities comprise certain property, plant and equipment (£39,000), financial assets (£11,921,000), investments in joint ventures 
(£2,313,000), cash and bank balances (£225,000), other assets (£9,000), other taxes and liabilities (£219,000), other creditors (£45,000), accruals 
(£1,320,000) financial liabilities (£26,037,000), deferred and current tax liabilities (£3,222,000), interest rate swap (£836,000).

73

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

4.  Segment analysis of revenue and operating profit (continued)

Year ended 31st December 2011

income statement information
Segmental revenue
Segmental result:
 – before exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation and share-based payments
 – after exceptional costs, contingent consideration, amortisation and share-based payments
Finance income
Finance costs
Exceptional finance costs
Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the year 

Balance sheet information
Segment assets – intangible
Segment assets – other
Total Segment assets 
Total Segment liabilities 
net assets/(liabilities)
other segment items
Capital expenditure 
Depreciation 
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share of results of joint venture
PI claim provision
Onerous leases provision
Share based payment
Impairment of brand
Impairment of trade receivables

Estate 
Agency and
Related 
Services
£’000

Surveying 
and Valuation
Services
£’000

unallocated
£’000

total
£’000

141,811

76,570

–

218,381

10,280
6,049

23,722
16,753

(2,885)
(3,158)

31,117
19,644
4
(1,874)
(182)
17,592
(4,357)
13,235

Estate 
Agency and
Related 
 Services
£’000

Surveying
and Valuation
Services
£’000

125,327
36,212
161,539
(45,556)
115,983

2,869
(2,340)
(1,837)
679
–
500
(333)
–
(699)

12,167
9,891
22,058
(21,632)
426

374
(203)
(6,635)
–
(2,771)
–
(181)
(153)
33

unallocated
£’000

total
£’000

–
2,619
2,619
(46,645)
(44,026)

137,494
48,722
186,216
(113,833)
72,383

–
(38)
–
–
–
–
(273)
–
–

3,243
(2,581)
(8,472)
679
(2,771)
500
(787)
(153)
(666)

Unallocated net liabilities comprise certain property, plant and equipment (£69,000), financial assets (£347,000), investments in joint ventures 
(£1,768,000), cash and bank balances (£435,000), other taxes and liabilities (£393,000), other creditors (£93,000), accruals (£1,832,000) financial 
liabilities (£34,918,000), deferred and current tax liabilities (£8,144,000), interest rate swap (£1,265,000).

5.  Finance income

Interest receivable on funds invested

6.  Finance costs

Interest on revolving credit facility
Interest on loan notes 
Unwinding of discount on PI provision 
Unwinding of discount on contingent consideration (see note 21)

74

2012
£’000

10

2012
£’000

1,826
299
508
258
2,891

2011
£’000

4

2011
£’000

1,422
82
266
104
1,874

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20127.  Exceptional items and contingent consideration

Exceptional costs:
Employee costs
  Redundancy costs due to business reorganisation
Other
  Acquisition related costs
  Branch closure costs
  Gain on disposal of freehold properties
  Onerous leases

Impairment of brand

  Provision for PI claims/notifications
total operating exceptional costs
contingent consideration:
Contingent consideration on acquisitions linked to employment

Exceptional finance costs:
  Movement in fair value of interest rate swap 

net exceptional cost

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

955

266

(98)
245
(1,426)
675
–
17,333
17,684

4,152
4,152

(429)
(429)
21,407

1,629
–
–
–
153
–
2,048

166
166

182
182
2,396

Branch closures
A number of branches closed in 2012 relating to the Your Move and Reeds Rains brands. This has resulted in redundancy costs, creation of onerous 
leases on the closed premises and other associated costs which have been treated as exceptional.

gain on disposal of freehold properties
During the year, freehold properties relating to the HEAL acquisition with a book value totalling £4,663,000 (2011: nil) were sold for net proceeds of 
£6,178,000 (2011: nil) resulting in a gain on disposal of £1,515,000 (2011: nil). Other assets relating to closure of branches totalling £201,000 (2011: 
nil) were sold for net proceeds of £122,000 (2011: nil) resulting in a loss on disposal of 89,000 (2011: nil).

Provision for Pi claims/notifications
During 2012 the Group has seen a deterioration in claims experience relating to the 2004 to 2008 period, which was a period of relatively high risk 
lending characterised by higher house prices, high loan-to-value ratios and considerable levels of buy-to-let and sub-prime lending. As a result the 
provision for PI costs has been increased.

The PI provision was made up of a ‘Specific Provision’ and ‘Incurred But Not Reported’ (IBNR). The Specific Provision was based on the Group’s review 
of any notifications or claims which had been made against the Group as at 31st December 2012. The main factors considered in quantifying the 
specific provision were the likelihood that a claim would be successful, an assessment of the likely cost for each claim, including any associated legal 
costs, and whether any reduction in the claim is considered likely due to contributory negligence of the lender.

The IBNR provision, was based on Directors’ estimates on the number of claims which would be received in the future with regard to work completed 
before 31st December 2012. The Directors have then applied an average cost per case, based on historical averages, to estimate the IBNR provision.

The increase in the PI provision was partly driven by lenders, most of whom are no longer active in the market, pursuing notifications and claims 
previously considered dormant. It has also been necessary to make additional provisions for existing claims which are being aggressively pursued by 
lenders who often use solicitors engaged on a no win, no fee basis. This trend has increased recently in advance of April 2013 when it is expected that 
the legislation governing civil litigation will change. 

Both these factors have had a significant impact on the IBNR provision required for notifications and claims estimated to be received in the future 
for the 2004 to 2008 period. It should be noted this was the Directors’ best estimate of future claims and the conclusions on the appropriate level of 
IBNR provision are sensitive to small changes in assumptions and are therefore highly subjective. The additional charge relating to the 2004 to 2008 
risk years has been included as an exceptional item.

Further, the Group has continued to build a provision for estimated PI costs relating to valuations completed since 2009, and an income statement 
charge has been made in these results and the charge has been considered as an operating expense rather than as an exceptional cost.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

75

 
 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

7.  Exceptional items and contingent consideration (continued)

contingent consideration
The acquisition of Marsh & Parsons in November 2011 has resulted in an exceptional contingent consideration expense of £1.8m (2011: £0.1m) in 
the current year. Assuming the level of profits and new branch openings remain on forecast, this charge is expected to continue at this level until 
31st December 2015. The acquisitions of Davis Tate and Lauristons in the current year resulted in an exceptional expense of £2.3m (2011: £nil), 
but the impact of these acquisitions on future years will be far smaller unless there are significant changes in the forecast profitability of these 
acquisitions. See notes 21 and 27 to these Financial Statements for more details. 

8.  Profit before tax
Profit before tax is stated after charging/(crediting):

Auditors’ remuneration (note 9)
Operating lease rentals:
Land and buildings
Plant and machinery
(Gain)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

9.  Auditors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the auditors is further analysed as follows:

Audit of the Financial Statements
Audit of subsidiaries
Total Audit
Audit related assurance services (interim results review fee)
Other assurance services
Tax compliance services
Tax advisory services
Corporate finance services

2012
£’000

341

10,091
2,769
(1,426)

2012
£’000

42
204
246
16
4
64
11
–
341

2011
£’000

589

9,817
3,214
8

2011
£’000

40
186
226
14
–
60
34
255
589

Fees paid for corporate finance services relates to fees for acting as reporting accountant and sponsor for acquisition of Marsh & Parsons Limited.

10.  Earnings per share 
Basic EPS amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average 
number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of 
Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the 
dilutive potential Ordinary Shares into Ordinary Shares. 

Basic EPS 
Effect of dilutive share options
Diluted EPS 

Profit 
after tax
£’000

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares
7,001 102,912,662
–
7,001 102,912,662

–

2012
Per share 
amount
Pence

6.8
–
6.8

Profit 
after tax
£’000

Weighted 
average
number of 
shares
13,217 102,889,561
1,829
13,217 102,891,390

–

2011
Per share 
amount
Pence
12.9
–
12.9

There have been no other transactions involving Ordinary Shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of completion 
of these Financial Statements.

76

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012The Directors consider that the adjusted earnings shown below give a better and more consistent indication of the Group’s underlying performance:

Group operating profit before contingent consideration in acquisitions linked to employment, exceptional costs, share-
based payments and amortisation (excluding non-controlling interest):
Net finance costs (excluding exceptional costs and unwinding of discount on contingent consideration)
Normalised taxation
Adjusted profit after tax1 before exceptional costs, share-based payments and amortisation 

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

35,124
(2,623)
(7,963)
24,538

31,099
(1,766)
(7,773)
21,560

Adjusted basic and diluted EPS

Adjusted Basic EPS 
Effect of dilutive share options
Adjusted Diluted EPS 

Adjusted profit 
after tax(1)
£’000

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares
24,538 102,912,662
–
24,538 102,912,662

–

2012
Per share 
amount 
Pence

23.8
–
23.8

Adjusted profit 
after tax(1)
£’000

Weighted 
average
number of 
shares

21,560 102,889,561
1,829
21,560 102,891,390

–

2011 
Per share 
amount 
Pence

21.0
–
21.0

1  This represents adjusted profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent. Tax has been adjusted to exclude the prior year tax adjustments, and the tax impact of 
exceptional items, amortisation and share-based payments. Effective tax rate considered to calculate normalised taxation in 2012 is 24.5% (2011: 26.5%).

11.  Dividends paid and proposed 

Declared and paid during the year:
Equity dividends on ordinary shares:
2010 Final: 5.9p
2011 Interim: 2.8p
2011 Final: 5.9p
2012 Interim: 3.1p

Dividends on ordinary Shares proposed (not recognised as a liability as at 31st December):
Equity dividends on Ordinary Shares:
Dividend: 6.4p per share (2011: 5.9p)

12.  Directors and employees 

Remuneration of Directors

Directors’ remuneration (short-term benefits)1
Contributions to money purchase pensions schemes (post-employment benefits)
Share-based payments

1 Included within this amount is accrued bonuses of £442,000 (2011 – £88,000).

The number of Directors who were members of Group money purchase pension schemes during the year totalled 4 (2011: 4).

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

–
–
6,070
3,191
9,261

6,065
2,880
–
–
8,945

6,666

6,070

2012
£’000

1,524
37
59
1,620

2011
£’000

1,122
37
208
1,367

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

77

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

12.  Directors and employees (continued)

Employee numbers and costs
The Group employs staff in its branches and head offices. Aggregate payroll costs of these employees were:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs
total employee costs
Subcontractor costs
total employee and subcontractor costs1
Share-based payment expense (see below)

2012
£’000

124,597
12,702
1,917
139,216
3,008
142,224
647

2011
£’000

107,598
10,885
2,111
120,594
4,192
124,786
787

1  The total employee and subcontractor costs exclude employees redundancy costs of £954,000 (2011 – £266,000), which have been shown under exceptional costs (note 7).

The monthly staff numbers (including Directors) during the year averaged 4,113 (2011 – 3,930). 

Estate Agency and Related Services
Surveying and Valuation Services

2012

3,315
798
4,113

2011

3,083
847
3,930

Share-based payments
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The Group operates a LTIP (an equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme) for certain employees. Under the LTIP, the options vest if the 
individual remains an employee of the Group after a three year period, unless the individual has left under certain ‘good leaver’ terms in which case 
the options may vest earlier providing the performance conditions are met.

30% of the options vest based on the TSR of LSL as compared to the FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts) over the three year performance 
period:

• 

• 

If the Group is in the top 25% percentile, all of these options will vest;

If the Group is at the median 35% will vest;

•  Straight line vesting between median and top 25% percentile; and

•  Below the median no options vest.

70% of the options are based on the Adjusted EPS performance over the three financial years starting with the financial year in which the LTIP award 
is granted:

• 

• 

If growth >12% pa – 100% vest;

If growth is 8% pa – 25% vest;

•  Straight line vesting between 8% pa and 12% pa; and

• 

If growth is below 8% pa no options vest.

Joint Share Ownership Plan (JSOP)
Awards under the JSOP participate in increases in the value of Ordinary Shares above the share price at the date of grant. Awards comprise of an 
interest in jointly owned shares (i.e. Ordinary Shares held in co-ownership with the Trust) and a stock appreciation right. A key feature of the JSOP is 
that individuals are required to purchase their interest in the jointly owned shares and have thereby put their personal capital at risk. 

78

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012The vesting of JSOP awards granted in 2010 is conditional upon LSL’s adjusted basic EPS performance meeting the following absolute performance 
targets over a period of 3 financial years starting with the financial year in which the JSOP award is granted:

EPS growth p.a. 1

10%
13%
17%

Value of shares under the JSOP  
award at date of grant 
(as a percentage of salary)

Chief Executive 
Officer

Senior 
Executives

100%
150%
200%

100%
–
–

1 With straight line vesting between points for the Chief Executive Officer’s award.

The vesting of JSOP awards granted in 2011 is conditional upon both the following criteria being met:

•  LSL’s Adjusted EPS performance over the three financial years starting with the financial year in which the JSOP award is granted being 10% p.a. or 

more; and

•  LSL’s TSR must exceed that of the FTSE 250 index (excluding investment trusts) over the three year performance period.

Outstanding at 1st January
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
outstanding at 31st December

2012

2011

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

3.20
–
3.20
3.20

number

1,223,001
–
(123,695)
1,099,306

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

3.20
3.20
–
3.20

Number

382,104
840,897
–
1,223,001

There were nil options exercisable at the end of the year (2011: nil). The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £nil 
(2011: £0.996). The weighted average remaining contractual life is 1.0 years (2011: 2.0 years).

Company Stock Option Plan (CSOP)
The Group operates a CSOP (an equity-settled share-based remuneration scheme) for certain employees. Under the CSOP, the options vest if the 
individual remains an employee of the Group after a three year period, unless the individual has left under certain ‘good leaver’ terms in which case 
the options may vest earlier.

Outstanding at 1st January
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year
outstanding at 31st December

There were nil options exercisable at the end of the year (2011: nil). 

2012

2011

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

2.44
2.75
2.40
2.53

number

809,010
334,149
(29,082)
1,114,077

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

2.40
2.50
–
2.44

Number

481,870
327,140
–
809,010

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £1.22 (2011: £1.13). The weighted average remaining contractual life is 1.21 
years (2011: 1.75 years).

Save-As-You-Earn scheme (SAYE)
In December 2006, the Group announced an employee SAYE scheme effective from January 2007 and in March 2008 the Group announced a new 
SAYE scheme effective April 2008. In March 2011, the Group announced a new SAYE scheme effective from April 2011. In March 2012, the Group 
announced a new SAYE scheme effective from April 2012. All these schemes are open to all qualifying employees and provide for an exercise price 
equal to the daily average market price on the date of grant less 20% for the 2007 and 2008 schemes and at the daily average market price for the 
2011 and 2012 schemes. The options will vest if the employee remains in service for the full duration of the option scheme (three years). There are 
no cash settlement alternatives.

79

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

12.  Directors and employees (continued)

2008 Scheme

Outstanding at 1st January
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
outstanding at 31st December

2012

2011

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

–
–
–
–

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

1.155
1.155
1.155
–

Number

764,977
40,922
(805,899)
–

number

–
–
–
–

The weighted average remaining contractual life was nil years (2011: nil years). There were nil options exercisable at the end of the year (2011: nil).
The weighted average share price of the options exercised during the year was £nil per share.

The aggregate gains made by Directors on exercise of options in the year was nil (2011: £27,000).

2011 Scheme

Outstanding at 1st January
Granted during the year
Lapsed during the year due to employees withdrawal
outstanding at 31st December

2012

2011

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

2.57
–
2.57
2.57

number

680,554
–
(153,525)
527,029

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

–
2.57
–
2.57

Number

–
680,554
–
680,554

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £nil (2011: £1.13) and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 
1.25 years (2011: 2.25 years). There were nil options exercisable at the end of the year (2011: nil).

2012 Scheme

Outstanding at 1st January
Granted during the year
outstanding at 31st December

2012

2011

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

–
2.62
2.62

number

–
360,728
360,728

Weighted
average
exercise
price
£

–
–
–

Number

–
–
–

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £1.25 (2011: £nil) and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 
2.25 years (2011: nil years). There were nil options exercisable at the end of the year (2011: nil).

Equity-settled 

Option pricing model used
Weighted average share price at grant date (£)
Exercise price (£)
Expected life of options (years)
Expected volatility
Expected dividend growth rate
Risk free interest rate

80

2012

LtiP

cSoP

SAyE

Black
Scholes
2.71
2.75
3 years
80%
3.90%
3.50%

Black
Scholes
2.71
2.75
3 years
80%
3.89%
3.50%

Black
Scholes
2.71
2.62
3 years
80%
3.89%
3.50%

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Option pricing model used
Weighted average share price at grant date (£)
Exercise price (£)
Expected life of options (years)
Expected volatility
Expected dividend growth rate
Risk free interest rate

The total cost recognised for equity settled transactions is as follows:

Share-based payment charged during the year

A charge of £81,000 (2011: £273,000) relates to employees of the Company.

CSOP

Black
Scholes
2.50
2.50
3 years
80%
3.90%
3.50%

2011

JSOP

Black
Scholes
2.50
3.20
3 years
80%
3.90%
3.50%

SAYE

Black
Scholes
2.50
2.57
3 years
80%
3.90%
3.50%

2012
£’000

647

2011
£’000

787

The volatility assumption, measured at the standard deviation of expected share price returns, is based on statistical analysis of historical share price. 
The dividend yield assumption is based on the fact that the shares awarded are not eligible to receive dividends until the end of the vesting period.

Cash-settled
As stated in note 21, in 2007 the Group issued shares in a subsidiary undertaking to certain employees of that subsidiary. The shares transferred are 
subject to restrictions on transferability if the concerned employees are not in continuous employment in the Group. The Group had a ‘call option’ 
on these shares and the exercise price for the call option is based on future profitability of the subsidiary. The Group has accounted for this share 
transfer as a cash-settled share-based payment due to the nature of the transaction. In 2010, the Group acquired the shares in the subsidiary for 
a total consideration of £328,000 of which £143,000 was paid in 2010. The remaining £185,000 was outstanding at 31st December 2012 (2011: 
£185,000) and is payable in March 2013.

13.  taxation 
a.  tax on profit on ordinary activities
The major components of income tax charge in the Group income statements are:

UK corporation tax 

– current year
– adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustment in respect of prior year
Total deferred tax credit
Total tax (benefit)/charge in the income statement

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2012
£’000

2,997
(1,407)
1,590

(1,718)
(156)
(1,874)
(284)

2011
£’000

5,383
160
5,543

(764)
(422)
(1,186)
4,357

Income tax charged directly to equity is £2,456,000 (2011: £nil) and relates to the revaluation of financial assets (note 16).

In March 2012, the UK government announced proposals to reduce the main rate of corporation tax to 22% from 1st April 2014. As of 31st December 
2012 reductions to the main rate of corporation tax to 23% had been enacted. Accordingly this is the rate at which deferred tax has been provided. 
If the subsequent reductions in the tax rate to 22% had been substantively enacted at 31st December 2012 the deferred tax liability would have 
reduced by £239,000.

81

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

13.  taxation (continued)

b.  Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed in the profit and loss account is lower (2011: lower) than the standard UK corporation tax rate, because of the following factors:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax 
Tax calculated at UK standard rate of corporation tax rate of 24.5% (2011 – 26.5%)
Non taxable negative goodwill on acquisition
Non taxable income from joint ventures
Benefit of deferred tax asset not previously recognised
Disallowable expenses
Impact of movement in contingent consideration charge to income statement
Share-based payment relief
Temporary differences on non-qualifying properties no longer recognised
Impact of rate change on deferred tax
Others

Prior period adjustments – current tax
Prior period adjustment – deferred tax
Total taxation (benefit)/charge

c.  Factors that may affect future tax charges (unrecognised)

unrecognised deferred tax asset relating to:
Property, plant and equipment temporary differences
Losses

2012
£’000

6,733
1,650
–
(314)
(49)
295
1,017
29
(1,060)
(289)
–
1,279
(1,407)
(156)
(284)

2012
£’000

–
3,277
3,277

2011
£’000

17,592
4,662
(24)
(180)
75
622
–
141
(380)
(390)
94
4,620
159
(422)
4,357

2011
£’000

10
5,693
5,703

No (2011: £nil) unrecognised deferred tax on losses carried forward relates to acquisitions during the year. The deferred tax assets in respect 
of property, plant and equipment temporary differences, other temporary differences and losses may be recoverable in the future and this is 
dependent on subsidiary companies generating taxable profits sufficient to allow the utilisation of these amounts. These deferred tax assets cannot 
be offset against profits elsewhere in the Group as they relate to losses brought forward which can only be offset against taxable profits arising from 
the same trade in which the losses arose. There is no time limit for utilisation of the above tax losses and other temporary differences.

d.  Deferred tax 
An analysis of the movements in deferred tax is as follows:

Net deferred tax liability/(asset) at 1st January 
Deferred tax liability arising on business combinations
Deferred tax liability recognised directly in equity
Deferred tax credit in income statement for the year (note 13a)
Net deferred tax liability at 31st December 

2012
£’000

4,772
110
2,456
(1,874)
5,464

2011
£’000

2,183
3,775
–
(1,186)
4,772

82

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Analysed as:

Accelerated capital allowances
Deferred tax liability on separately identifiable intangible
assets on business combinations
Deferred tax on financial assets
Deferred tax on share options
Deferred tax on interest rate swap
Other short-term temporary differences

Deferred tax credit in income statement relates to the following:

Intangible assets recognised on business combinations
Accelerated capital allowance
Deferred tax on share options
Other temporary differences

2012
£’000

(588)

4,137
2,456
(155)
(192)
(194)
5,464

2012
£’000

699
1,239
92
(156)
1,874

2011
£’000

651

4,726
-
(63)
(316)
(226)
4,772

2011
£’000

822
568
(259)
55
1,186

At the end of either year there was no unrecognised deferred tax liability for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of the Group’s 
subsidiaries.

14.  intangible assets

goodwill

cost
At 1st January
Arising on acquisitions during the year
Adjustment in respect of change in contingent consideration
At 31st December

Carrying amount of goodwill by operating unit
Estate Agency and Related Services companies
  Marsh & Parsons
  Your Move
  Reeds Rains 
  LSLi 
  AMF (trading as Pink Home Loans) 
  First Complete
  Templeton LPA 
  Others 

Surveying and Valuation Services companies
  e.surv Chartered Surveyors 

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

116,452
3,453
(156)
119,749

74,742
41,710
–
116,452

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

40,307
39,088
15,279
9,302
2,604
3,998
336
348
111,262

8,487
8,487
119,749

40,307
39,078
15,279
6,015
2,604
3,998
336
348
107,965

8,487
8,487
116,452

83

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

14.  intangible assets (continued)

impairment of goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite useful lives
The carrying amount of goodwill by operating unit is given above. The carrying amount of brand by operating unit is as follows:

Estate Agency and Related Services companies
  Marsh & Parsons
  Your Move
  Reeds Rains 
  LSLi 
  AMF (trading as Pink Home Loans)

Surveying and Valuation Services companies
  e.surv Chartered Surveyors 

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

11,724
2,510
1,241
1,044
180
16,699

1,281
1,281
17,980

11,724
2,510
1,241
596
180
16,251

1,281
1,281
17,532

Goodwill acquired through business combinations and brands has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to statutory companies or groups 
of statutory companies which are managed as one cash generating unit as follows:

•  Estate Agency and Related Services companies

•   Marsh & Parsons

•   Your Move (including its share of cash flows from LSL CCS)

•   Reeds Rains 
•   LSLi, which includes ICIEA, David Frost Estate Agency, JNP Estate Agents, GFEA, Davis Tate and Lauristons1

•   AMF

•   Templeton LPA 

•   First Complete 

•  Surveying and Valuation Services companies 

•   e.surv 

1  Directors viewed these companies/operating units as part of LSLi for impairment testing purposes.

These represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

Estate Agency and Related Services companies
The recoverable amount of the Estate Agency and Related Services companies has been determined based on a value in use calculation using cash 
flow projections based on financial budgets approved by the Board and three year plan. The discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 11.3% 
(2011: 10.7%) and cash flows beyond the three year plan are extrapolated using a 0% (2011: 0%) growth rate even though there is evidence of gain in 
market share in 2012. 

Surveying and Valuation Services companies
The recoverable amount of the Surveying and Valuation Services companies is also determined on a value-in-use basis using cash flow projections 
based on financial budgets approved by the board and three year plan. The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is 11.3% (2011: 10.7%). 
The growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows of the Surveying and Valuation Services companies beyond the three-year plan is 0% (2011: 0%). 

84

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Key assumptions used in value-in-use calculations
The calculation of value-in-use for each of the Estate Agency and Related Services and Surveying and Valuation Services companies is most sensitive 
to the following assumptions:

•  Discount rates

•  Market share and market recovery

•  Growth rate used in the budget period

Discount rates reflect management’s estimate of the post-tax Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) of the Group and this is grossed up to arrive 
at a pre-tax discount rate (using a tax rate of 23%) of 11.3%. This is the benchmark used by management to assess operating performance and to 
evaluate future acquisition proposals. 

Market share and market recovery assumptions are important because, as well as using industry data for growth rates (as noted below) management 
assess how the Company’s relative position to its competitors might change over the budget period. Management expects the Group’s share of the 
surveying market to remain at similar levels over the budget period. There has been growth in the market share of the Estate Agency companies 
organically (due to various market share growth initiatives). For impairment test purposes, management have not considered any further market 
share growth beyond 2012. 

Growth rate estimates are conservatively estimated at nil (2011: nil) after the end of the three year plan. Given the housing and mortgage markets 
are currently considered to be at a very low point in the cycle, with transaction volumes at approximately half the long term average, this estimate is 
considered very conservative. 

There has been no impairment in respect of the carrying amount of goodwill or brand (an indefinite useful life asset) held on the balance sheet.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
With regard to the assessment of value-in-use for each of the above companies, Directors believe that no reasonably possible change in any of the 
above key assumptions would cause the recoverable amount to be below the carrying value. Despite the unprecedented market conditions, the 
principal Estate Agency and Related Services companies, Your Move and Reeds Rains have been profitable in 2012.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

85

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

14.  intangible assets (continued)

other intangible assets

As at 31st December 2012

cost
At 1st January 2012
Arising on acquisition during the year
Disposals
At 31st December 2012
Aggregate amortisation and impairment
At 1st January 2012
Disposals
Charge for the year
At 31st December 2012
carrying amount
At 31st December 2012

As at 31st December 2011

cost
At 1st January 2011
Arising on acquisition during the year
At 31st December 2011
Aggregate amortisation and impairment
At 1st January 2011
Impairment
Charge for the year
At 31st December 2011
carrying amount
At 31st December 2011

Brand
names
£’000

customer
contracts
£’000

insurance
Renewals
£’000

Lettings
contracts
£’000

17,723
448
–
18,171

191
–
–
191

47,274
158
(30,116)
17,316

44,083
(30,116)
3,217
17,184

5,612
–
–
5,612

5,612
–
–
5,612

2,246
–
–
2,246

2,102
–
144
2,246

order
Book
£’000

5,451
–
–
5,451

5,382
–
69
5,451

other 1
£’000

1,127
333
–
1,460

1,021
–
42
1,063

total
£’000

79,433
939
(30,116)
50,256

58,391
(30,116)
3,472
31,747

17,980

132

–

–

–

397

18,509

Brand
names
£’000

customer
contracts
£’000

insurance
Renewals
£’000

Lettings
contracts
£’000

5,999
11,724
17,723

38
153
–
191

47,274
–
47,274

36,542
–
7,541
44,083

5,612
–
5,612

4,841
–
771
5,612

2,044
202
2,246

2,044
–
58
2,102

order
Book
£’000

5,323
128
5,451

5,323
–
59
5,382

other 1
£’000

1,127
–
1,127

978
–
43
1,021

total
£’000

67,379
12,054
79,433

49,766
153
8,472
58,391

17,532

3,191

–

144

69

106

21,042

1 Other relates to in-house software and franchise agreements. 

The brand value relates to the following:

•  Your Move, a network of estate agencies and e.surv Chartered Surveyors, a surveying company which were acquired by the Group in 2004;

•  Reeds Rains, a network of estate agencies which was acquired by the Group in October 2005;

• 

ICIEA, a network of estate agencies which was acquired by the Group in February 2007;

•  David Frosts Estate Agents, a network of estate agencies which was acquired by the Group in July 2007;

• 

JNP Estate Agents, a network of estate agencies which was acquired by the Group in September 2007;

•  Goodfellows Estate Agents, a network of estate agencies which was acquired in May 2010; 

•  AMF (trading as Pink Home Loans) was acquired in December 2010;

•  Marsh & Parsons, a network of estate agencies was acquired in November 2011;

•  Davis Tate, a network of estate agencies which was acquired in February 2012; and

•  Lauristons, a network of estate agencies which was acquired in July 2012.

The businesses are run as separate reporting units within the Group. There have been no fundamental changes to the manner in which the 
businesses have been run since their acquisition and therefore the results of the businesses are considered to be derived from the brand names 
nationally.

At 31st December 2011, £2.4m of the balance in respect of customer contracts related to one contract. This was fully amortised in the year ended 
31st December 2012, as the contract has now ended.

86

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201215.  Property, plant and equipment

As at 31st December 2012

cost
At 1st January 2012
Acquisitions during the year
Additions
Transfer to assets held for sale
Disposals
At 31st December 2012
Depreciation and impairment
At 1st January 2012
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31st December 2012
carrying amount
At 31st December 2012

As at 31st December 2011

cost
At 1st January 2011
Acquisitions during the year
Additions
Disposals
At 31st December 2011
Depreciation and impairment
At 1st January 2011
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 31st December 2011
carrying amount
At 31st December 2011

Freehold land 
and buildings
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

7,878
–
–
(1,097)
(4,663)
2,118

300
–
–
300

5,797
– 
1,760
– 
(207)
7,350

3,496
375
(206)
3,665

281
7
141
– 
(167)
262

40
144
(87)
97

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
computer 
equipment
£’000

21,649
116
3,446
– 
(434)
24,777

14,278
2,980
(314)
16,944

total
£’000

35,605
123
5,347
(1,097)
(5,471)
34,507

18,114
3,499
(607)
21,006

1,818

3,685

165

7,833

13,501

Freehold land 
and buildings
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

7,878
–
–
–
7,878

150
150
–
300

3,580
2,219
8
(10)
5,797

3,415
91
(10)
3,496

33
243
5
–
281

22
18
–
40

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
computer 
equipment
£’000

18,423
525
3,230
(529)
21,649

12,477
2,322
(521)
14,278

total
£’000

29,914
2,987
3,243
(539)
35,605

16,064
2,581
(531)
18,114

7,578

2,301

241

7,371

17,491

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Assets held for sale
During the year the Group classified £1,097,000 (2011: £nil) as assets held for sale. This relates to seven freehold properties acquired as part of 
the HEAL acquisition in 2010 which are now being actively marketed. These assets are part of the Estate Agency and Related Services segment. 
During the year, freehold properties relating to the HEAL acquisition with a book value totalling £4,663,000 (2011: nil) were sold for net proceeds of 
£6,178,000 (2011: nil) resulting in a gain on disposal of £1,515,000 (2011: nil) which has been recorded in exceptional items (note 7).

87

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

16.  Financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets

Unquoted shares carried at cost less impairment of £345,000 (2011: £345,000)
Less: Reclassified as investments (see note below)
Unquoted shares at fair value

2012
£’000

148
–
11,773
11,921

2011
£’000

1,097
(750)
–
347

In 2011 the Directors have reclassified investment in TM Group (UK) Limited which had a carrying value of £750,000 at 31st December 2010 from 
financial assets to investments in joint ventures. 

Unquoted shares carried at cost
The financial assets are in unlisted equity instruments and these are carried at cost less any impairment as the market value cannot be reliably 
measured.

Unquoted shares at fair value
In April 2012, the Group acquired a further 1.38% of Zoopla Group Limited (Zoopla) for £897,000. In August 2012, Zoopla merged with Digital 
Property Group (DPG), owner of Findaproperty.com and Primelocation.com. As part of the merger, any warrants held in Zoopla were exercised so 
that the Group now owns 4.81% of the post-merger entity.

At 31st December 2012, the Directors reviewed the fair value of Zoopla. Zoopla is a private company and so any assessment of fair value will be 
judgmental. The price paid per share in April 2012 was £6.03 which the Directors have assessed to be fair value at 31st December 2012. This values 
the combined Zoopla Group at £245m, with LSL Group’s share of this being £11.8m. This resulted in a £10.7m valuation uplift being recorded at 
December 2012 on Zoopla shares with an original cost of £1.1m.

17.  investments in joint ventures

Investment in joint ventures

2011
£’000

2,313

2011
£’000

1,768

The Group has a 33.33% interest in TM Group (UK) Limited, a jointly controlled entity whose principal activity is to provide property searches. 

In July 2011, the Group also acquired a 33.33% interest in Cybele Solutions Holdings Limited (trading as Legal Marketing Services (LMS)) for a total 
consideration of £671,000. In December 2012, the Group paid an additional £10,000 to increase its ownership interest to 33.82%. The principal 
activity of LMS is to provide panel management of conveyancing services. 

The share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the jointly controlled entities at 31st December and for the years then ended are as 
follows:

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

995
3,734
(2,333)
(83)
2,313

978
3,189
(2,008)
(391)
1,768

Share of the joint ventures’ balance sheets:
Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Share of net assets

88

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Share of the joint ventures’ results:
Revenue
Operating expenses
operating profit
Finance income
Finance costs
Profit before tax 
Taxation
Profit after tax

18.  trade and other receivables 

current
Trade receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

20,520
(18,968)
1,552
16
(6)
1,562
(279)
1,283

13,857
(12,936)
921
12
(3)
930
(251)
679

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

20,966
8,586
29,552

20,492
8,189
28,681

Trade receivables are non interest bearing and are generally on 0-30 day terms.

As at 31st December 2012, trade receivables with a nominal value of £1,233,000 (2011: £1,394,000) were impaired and fully provided for. 
Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables were as follows:

At 1st January
Acquisitions during the year
Charge for the year
Amounts written off
At 31st December

As at 31st December, the analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

2012
£’000

1,394
–
52
(213)
1,233

2011
£’000

533
403
666
(208)
1,394

2012
2011

19.  cash and cash equivalents

Short-term deposits

Neither past due
nor impaired
£’000

Total
£’000

20,966
20,492

14,552
17,096

Past due but not impaired

0-90 days
£’000

6,124
2,784

>90 days
£’000

290
612

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2012
£’000

225

2011
£’000

435

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank overnight deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of 
between one day and three days depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term 
deposit rates. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is £0.2m (2011: £0.4m). At 31st December 2012, the Group had available £49.0m of 
undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met (2011: £40.1m).

89

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

20. trade and other payables 

current
Trade payables
Other taxes and social security payable
Other payables
Accruals

Terms and conditions of the above financial liabilities:

•  Trade payables are non interest bearing and are normally settled on between 30 and 60 day terms.

•  Other payables are mainly non interest bearing and have an average term of three months. 

21.  Financial liabilities

current
2% unsecured loan notes
Overdraft
Other unsecured loans
Contingent consideration
Deferred consideration

non-current
Bank loans – Revolving Credit Facility (RCF)
12% unsecured loan notes
Deferred consideration
Contingent consideration
Derivatives carried at fair value

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

9,470
9,199
928
28,208
47,805

8,112
9,491
577
28,423
46,603

2012
£’000

–
1,537
–
369
490
2,396

24,500
8,660
450
7,719
836
42,165

2011
£’000

1,496
–
750
–
–
2,246

34,918
8,660
724
1,215
1,265
46,782

2% unsecured loan notes (2% LN)
The 2% LN were issued as part satisfaction of the consideration for acquisition of Marsh & Parsons in November 2011. These loan notes carried an 
interest rate of 2% and were redeemable at par value at any time after 24th November 2012 at the option of either the Group or the loan note holder. 
They were redeemed on this date.

Other unsecured loan
The £750,000 outstanding at the prior year-end represented amounts payable to a customer of the Group and was repaid on 31st March 2012 and 
did not carry any interest.

Bank loans - revolving credit facility and overdraft
The bank loan totalling £24.5m (2011: £34.9m) and overdraft totalling £1.5m (2011: £nil) are secured via a cross guarantee issued from all of the 
Group’s subsidiaries excluding the following subsidiaries, Lending Solutions, Homefast Property Services, Linear Mortgage Network, Linear Financial 
Services, Templeton LPA, AMF, BDS, Chancellors Associates and LSLi and its subsidiaries.

The utilisation of the revolving credit facility may vary each month as long as this does not exceed the maximum £75m facility (2011: £75m). The 
Group’s overdraft is also secured on the same facility but can not exceed £5m and the combined overdraft and revolving credit facility can not 
exceed £75m (2011: £75m). The banking facility was renewed in 2010 for a further period until March 2014.

Interest and fees payable on the revolving credit facility amounted to £1.8m (2011: £1.4m). The interest rate applicable to the facility is LIBOR plus 
a margin rate of 1.75% (2011: LIBOR plus 1.75%). The margin rate is linked to the leverage ratio of the Group and the margin rate is reviewed at six 
monthly intervals. 

90

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201212% unsecured loan notes (12% LN)
The 12% LN with a face value of £6,146,000 (fair value of £8,660,000) were issued as part satisfaction of the consideration for acquisition of Marsh & 
Parsons in November 2011. These loan notes carry a coupon of 12% which is compounded every year on 1st January and rolled up to redemption. 
These loan notes are redeemable at par value plus rolled up interest at any time after 31st March 2016 at the option of the loan note holder. However, 
if that option is not exercised by the loan note holder they are redeemable on 31st March 2020.

Deferred consideration
The total deferred consideration is as below:

Acquisition of Barnwoods shares
Deferred consideration relating to Marsh & Parsons acquisition
Templeton LPA deferred consideration

2012
£’000

190
450
300
940

2011
£’000

190
334
200
724

During 2010 the Group acquired shares in Barnwoods for a total consideration of £328,000 of which £138,000 was paid in 2010 and the remaining 
£190,000 is payable in March 2013 and has been included under deferred consideration at the year-end. No interest is payable on the deferred 
consideration.

Deferred consideration of £450,000 relates to the Marsh & Parsons acquisition in November 2011. This is payable at any time between 31st March 
2016 and 31st March 2020 at the option of Marsh & Parsons management shareholders of Marsh & Parsons. 

Deferred consideration of £300,000 is payable on acquisition of Templeton LPA. This is payable in January 2013 and no interest is payable on this.

Contingent consideration 
Due to changes in accounting standards effective from 2010 it is more likely that contingent consideration on future acquisitions will be recognised 
in the profit and loss instead of being recorded in full at acquisition. Further details are disclosed in note 2,7 and 27 to these Financial Statements.

£6,220,000 (2011: £1,149,000) of contingent consideration is payable to third parties in relation to the acquisition of certain subsidiaries in 2007 
and 2012. This is payable between three and five years after the acquisition dates depending on the profitability of those subsidiaries in the relevant 
years. In 2012, the contingent consideration has been recalculated based on the latest management’s expectation using a discount rate of 7% 
(2011: 7%).

£1,868,000 (2011: £66,000) of contingent consideration relates to the ‘Growth Shares’ issued to the management of Marsh & Parsons subsequent 
to acquisition as an incentive to grow the Marsh & Parsons business. Holders of Growth Shares will have the option to require LSL to buy their Growth 
Shares at any time between 31st March 2016 and 1st April 2020, at their discretion, at a price determined by a multiple of EBITDA in the previous 
financial year. The payment of the consideration is contingent on the holder of the Growth Shares being continuously employed by the relevant 
company and consequently the expected value of the Growth Shares is charged to the income statement over the earn-out period.

Derivatives carried at fair value –interest rate swap
During 2009 the Group entered into three interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate risks (see note 29). These are carried at fair value.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

91

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

22. Provisions for liabilities 

Balance at 1st January
Amount utilised
Amount released
Unwinding of discount
Provided in financial year (including exceptional costs)
Balance at 31st December
current
non-current

Professional 
indemnity 
claim provision
£’000

9,641
(6,682)
–
508
20,696
24,163
1,770
22,393
24,163

2012

onerous
leases
£’000

417
(255)

–
875
1,037
535
502
1,037

Professional 
indemnity
claim provision
£’000

10,901
(4,031)
–
266
2,505
9,641
512
9,129
9,641

total
£’000

10,058
(6,937)

508
21,571
25,200
2,305
22,895
25,200

2011

Onerous
leases
£’000
992
(243)
(334)
–
2
417
194
223
417

Total
£’000
11,893
(4,274)
(334)
266
2,507
10,058
706
9,352
10,058

The PI claim provision relates to ongoing and expected future legal claims relating to valuation services and is the Directors’ best estimate of the likely 
outcome of such claims, taking account of the incidence of claims and the size of the loss that may be borne by the claimant after taking account of 
actions that can be taken to mitigate losses. The provision will be utilised as individual claims are settled and the settlement amount may vary from 
the amount provided depending on the outcome of each claim. It is not possible to estimate the timing of payment of all claims and therefore most 
of the provision has been classified as non-current. See also the explanation in note 7.

The provision for lease obligations relates to obligations under leases on vacant properties. The provision is expected to be fully utilised by June 
2020. The final outcome depends upon the ability of the Group to sublet or assign the lease over the related properties.

23. obligations under leases

operating leases
The Group had annual commitments in respect of non-cancellable operating leases for which no provision has been made in these Financial 
Statements (other than the onerous lease provision as disclosed in note 22). Future minimum rentals payable under these operating leases are as 
follows: 

No later than one year
After one year but not more than five years
After five years

Land
and
building
£’000

8,109
20,839
12,727
41,675

2012

Plant
and
machinery
£’000

2,751
2,799
–
5,550

Land
and
building
£’000

8,814
20,078
8,931
37,823

2011

Plant
and
machinery
£’000
2,099
2,147
–
4,246

total
£’000

10,860
23,638
12,727
47,225

Total
£’000
10,913
22,225
8,931
42,069

The Group had annual commited revenue in respect of non-cancellable operating leases for which no accrual has been made in these Financial 
Statements. Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

2012
Land
and
buildings
£’000

707
1,497
436
2,640

2011
Land
and
buildings
£’000

946
1,002
445
2,393

Not later than one year
After one year but not more than five years
After five years

92

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201224. Share capital

Authorised:
  Ordinary shares of 0.2p each
issued and fully paid:
  At 1st January and 31st December

25. Reserves

2012

2011

Shares

£’000

Shares

£’000

500,000,000

1,000 500,000,000

1,000

104,158,950

208 104,158,950

208

Share premium
The amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value less any costs attributable to the issue of new shares.

Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is used to record the value of equity-settled share-based payment provided to the employees, as part of their 
remuneration. Note 12 gives further details of these plans.

Treasury shares
Treasury shares represent the cost of Ordinary Shares purchased in the market and held by the Trust to satisfy future exercise of options under the 
Group’s share options schemes. At 31st December 2012 the Group held 1,246,288 (2011: 1,269,389) of its own shares at an average cost of £2.16 
(2011: £2.28). The market value of the shares at 31st December 2012 was £3,228,000 (31st December 2011: £2,843,000). The nominal value of each 
share is 0.2p.

Fair value reserve
The fair value reserve is used to record the changes in fair value of financial assets held for sale. Note 16 gives further details of the movement in the 
current year.

26. Pension costs and commitments
The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for its Executive Directors and certain employees. The assets of the schemes are held 
separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.

Total contributions to the defined contribution schemes in the year were £1,900,000 (2011: £2,100,000). There was an outstanding amount of 
£255,000 in respect of pensions as at 31st December 2012 (2011: £293,000).

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

93

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

27.  Acquisitions during the year

Year ended 31st December 2012
The Group acquired the following businesses during the year:

a.  Davis tate Limited
In January 2012 the Group acquired 51% of Davis Tate, an 11 branch estate agency chain operating in 14 locations within the Thames Valley for a 
cash consideration £1.6m. The remaining 49% is subject to put and call options which are exercisable in two tranches in 2013 and 2016 dependent 
on profit performance and in part continued employment of the vendors. Due to the nature of the payment terms, the deferred consideration is 
considered to be an employee expense and not a capital payment for accounting purposes (see note 7 for the expense in the current year).

The fair value of the identifiable assets, except for cash and cash equivalents, and liabilities of Davis Tate as at the date of acquisition have been 
determined as below:

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
total identifiable net liabilities acquired
Purchase consideration
Goodwill

Purchase consideration discharged by:
Cash
Deferred consideration

Analysis of cash flow on acquisition
Transaction costs (included in cash flows from operating activities)
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary (included in cash flows from investing activities)
Purchase consideration discharged in cash (included in cash flows from investing activities)
net cash outflow on acquisition

Transaction costs have been expensed and are included under exceptional costs (see note 7).

Fair value 
recognised on 
acquisition
£’000

236
39
139
239
(827)
(159)
(333)
1,633
1,966

1,633
–
1,633

£’000

–
239
(1,633)
1,394

The goodwill of Davis Tate comprises certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured from the acquiree due to 
their nature. These items include the high quality, dynamic and experienced management team with an outstanding record of delivering strong and 
profitable growth against the backdrop of challenging market conditions, the expected value of synergies and the potential to significantly grow the 
business. 

94

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012b.  Lauristons Limited
In July 2012, the Group acquired 85% of Lauristons, a 5 branch estate agency chain in South West London for a cash consideration of £1.8m. The 
remaining 15% is subject to put and call options exercisable in 2016 dependent on profit performance and in part continued employment of the 
vendors. Due to the nature of the payment terms, the deferred consideration is considered to be an employee expense and not a capital payment for 
accounting purposes (see note 7 for the expense in the current year).

The fair value of the identifiable assets, except for cash and cash equivalents, and liabilities of Lauristons as at the date of acquisition have been 
determined as below:

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
total identifiable net assets acquired
Purchase consideration
Goodwill

Purchase consideration discharged by:
Cash
Deferred consideration

Analysis of cash flow on acquisition
Transaction costs (included in cash flows from operating activities)
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary (included in cash flows from investing activities)
Purchase consideration discharged in cash (included in cash flows from investing activities)
net cash outflow on acquisition

Transaction costs have been expensed and are included under exceptional costs (see note 7).

Fair value 
recognised on 
acquisition
£’000

212
84
744
(16)
(376)
648
1,802
1,154

1,802
–
1,802

£’000

–
(16)
(1,802)
(1,818)

The goodwill of Lauristons comprises certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured from the acquiree due to 
their nature. These items include the high quality, dynamic and experienced management team with an outstanding record of delivering strong and 
profitable growth against the backdrop of challenging market conditions, the expected value of synergies and the potential to significantly grow the 
business. 

c.  Lettings acquisition by LSLi
During the year LSLi (through its subsidiaries) acquired a number of lettings businesses for an aggregate consideration of £323,000 in cash.

•  Assets of the lettings business of Reynolds (Wimbledon) Limited acquired on 1st March 2011 – additional consideration £17,000 paid in 2012;

•  Assets of the lettings business of Goddard Management Ltd trading as A120 Lettings acquired on 30th September 2011– additional consideration 

£47,000 paid in 2012;

•  Assets of the Withers letting business acquired on 4th May 2012 for £79,000;

•  Assets of Appletons lettings business acquired on 13th August 2012 for £180,000. 

The combined fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities as at the date of acquisition of the above acquisitions was £nil and so the entire 
purchase price of £323,000 was ascribed to goodwill.

The goodwill of £0.3m for the above acquisitions comprises certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured 
from the acquiree due to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and the potential to grow the business.

95

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

27.  Acquisitions during the year (continued)

d.  Acquisition by Linear Mortgage networks
During the year, Linear Mortgage Networks acquired the assets of Mortgage Options for £100,000 and the assets of Hoath Independent Financial 
Planning for £46,000 as well as other miscellaneous customer contracts for £15,000. Apart from the customer contracts acquired there were no 
other separately identifiable intangible assets and so all of the consideration was allocated to customer contract intangible asset.

e.  Lettings acquisition by your Move 
During the year, Your Move completed the acquisition of the NSK lettings business for a total cash consideration of £10,000. There were no 
separately identifiable net assets and all the consideration was towards goodwill. 

From the date of acquisition to 31st December 2012, the acquisitions in aggregate have contributed to £4.8m of revenue and £1.2m profit before tax 
of the Group, excluding the impact of movements in the contingent consideration recorded through the profit and loss. If all of these combinations 
had taken place at the beginning of the year, the consolidated revenue would have been higher by £6.5m and the consolidated profit before tax 
would have been higher by £1.4m.

Of the total goodwill arising on all acquisitions, none is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Year ended 31st December 2011
The Group acquired the following businesses during the year:

a.  Marsh & Parsons
On 23rd November 2011, the Group through its newly incorporated subsidiary Marsh & Parsons Holdings Limited, completed the acquisition of the 
entire share capital of Marsh & Parsons for the consideration of £55.9m, which after considering cash acquired of £5.7m is an enterprise value of 
£50.2m. Marsh & Parsons is a leading London estate agency operating a premium brand in the mid-segment of the prime London property with 14 
offices in Central and South-West London. 

The fair value of the identifiable assets, except for cash and cash equivalents, and liabilities of Marsh & Parsons as at the date of acquisition have been 
determined as below: 

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
total identifiable net assets acquired
Purchase consideration
Goodwill

Purchase consideration discharged by:
Cash
Issue of 12% unsecured loan notes measured at fair value
Issue of 2% unsecured loan notes
Deferred consideration

Analysis of cash flow on acquisition
Transaction costs (included in cash flows from operating activities)
Net cash acquired with the subsidiary (included in cash flows from investing activities)
Purchase consideration discharged in cash (included in cash flows from investing activities)
net cash outflow on acquisition

Transaction costs have been expensed and are included under exceptional costs (see note 7).

96

Provisional fair 
value recognised 
on acquisition
£’000

12,054
2,962
3,453
5,707
(4,014)
(806)
(3,775)
15,581
55,888
40,307

45,398
8,660
1,496
334
55,888

£’000

(1,629)
5,707
(45,398)
(41,320)

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012The goodwill of £40.3m for Marsh & Parsons comprises certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured from 
the acquiree due to their nature. These items include the high quality, dynamic and experienced management team with an outstanding record of 
delivering strong and profitable growth against the backdrop of challenging market conditions, the expected value of synergies and the potential to 
significantly grow the business. 

In addition to the consideration of £55.9m, management of Marsh & Parsons were issued ‘Growth Shares’ which entitle them to require LSL to buy 
their Growth Shares at any time between 31st March 2016 and 1st April 2020, at their discretion, at a price determined by a multiple of EBITDA in the 
previous financial year. In the current year £1,802,000 (2011: £66,000) has been expensed in the income statement.

b.  Lettings acquisition by LSLi
During the prior year LSLi (through its subsidiaries) acquired a number of lettings businesses for an aggregate consideration of £755,000 in cash.

•  Assets of the lettings business of Reynolds (Wimbledon) Ltd acquired on 1st March 2011 for a cash consideration of £160,000; 

•  Assets of the lettings business of Goddard Management Ltd trading as A120 Lettings acquired on 30th September 2011 for a cash consideration 

of £188,250;

•  Lettings business of Front Door Property Management Ltd for a cash consideration of £207,000 in September 2011; and 

•  Lettings business of Warners Letting Agency Ltd for a cash consideration of £200,000 in December 2011.

The combined fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities as at the date of acquisition of the above acquisitions were:

Property, plant and equipment
total identifiable net assets acquired
Purchase consideration (discharged by cash)
Goodwill arising on acquisition

Fair value 
recognised on 
acquisition
£’000

25
25
755
730

The goodwill of £0.7m for the above acquisitions comprises certain intangible assets that cannot be individually separated and reliably measured 
from the acquiree due to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and the potential to grow the business.

c.  Lettings acquisition by your Move and Reeds Rains
During the year, Your Move and Reeds Rains acquired the following lettings businesses of Wilsons, Letexpress, Destination London and a franchisee 
of Reeds Rains for a total cash consideration of £423,000. There were no separately identifiable net assets and all the consideration was towards 
goodwill. 

From the date of acquisition to 31st December 2011, the acquisitions in aggregate have contributed to £3.1m of revenue and £0.5m profit before tax 
of the Group. If all of these combinations had taken place at the beginning of the year, the consolidated revenue would have been higher by £24.6m 
and the consolidated profit before tax would have been higher by £6.0m. 

Of the total goodwill arising on all acquisitions, an amount of £349,000 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

28. client monies
As at 31st December 2012, client monies held by subsidiaries in separate bank accounts amounted to £65,501,000 (2011: £55,647,000). Neither this 
amount, nor the matching liabilities to the clients concerned are included in the Group balance sheet, as the Group is not entitled to the benefit from 
the use of the amount held in these accounts. 

29. Financial instruments – risk management
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise bank loans and other loans. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance 
for the Group’s operations and to fund acquisitions. The Group has various financial assets and liabilities such as trade receivables, cash and short-
term deposits and trade payables, which arise directly from its operations.

The Group has entered into derivative transactions, relating to the purchase of interest rate swaps. The purpose is to manage the interest cost arising 
from the Group’s operations and its sources of finance.

It is the Group’s policy that trading in derivatives shall not be undertaken, apart from the interest rate swap agreements mentioned above.

97

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

29. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

The Group is exposed through its operations to one or more of the following financial risks:

•  cash flow interest rate risk;

• 

liquidity risk; and

•  credit risk.

Policy for managing these risks is set up by the Board following recommendations from the Group Finance Director. Certain risks are managed 
centrally, while others are managed locally following communications from the centre. The policy for each of the above risks is described in more 
detail below.

Cash flow interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long term debt obligations with floating interest 
rates.

The majority of external Group borrowings are variable interest based and this policy is managed centrally. The subsidiaries are not permitted to 
borrow from external sources directly without approval from the Head Office team. Where the Group wishes to fix the amount of external variable 
rate debt, it considers the use of interest rate swap agreements available to achieve the desired interest rate profile. 

In 2009 the Group entered into interest rate swap agreements to fix interest rates on £25m of the Group’s bank borrowings. The interest rate swap 
agreements fix LIBOR to approximately 2.9% until April / May 2014. 

Although the interest rate swaps neither protect the Group entirely from the risk of paying rates in excess of current market rates nor eliminates fully 
cash flow risk associated with interest payments, it considers that it achieves an appropriate balance of exposure to these risks. The impact of interest 
rate risk to cash is considered minimal as the cash balance is not significant. 

At 31st December 2012, after taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps, approximately 96% of the Group’s revolving credit facility is at a 
fixed rate of interest (2011: 72%).

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on that portion of loans and borrowings, which is 
not covered by the fixed interest rate swap. With all other variables held constant, the Group’s profit before tax is affected through the impact on 
floating rate borrowings as follows. There is no material impact on the Group’s equity.

2012

2011

increase/
decrease in 
basis point

+100
-100
+100
-100

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000
(10)
10
(99)
99

As mentioned above the Group also has interest rate swap agreements which are accounted as ‘fair value through profit and loss’ with changes in 
the fair value charged or credited in the income statement. The fair value of the swap instrument is liable to fluctuate to short-term movements in 
interest rate expectation.

Liquidity risk 
The Group aims to mitigate liquidity risk by managing cash generation by its operations, dividend policy and acquisition strategy. Acquisitions are 
carefully selected with authorisation limits operating up to Group board level and cash payback periods applied as part of the investment appraisal 
process. In this way the Group aims to maintain a good credit rating to facilitate fund raising. The Group is also very cash generative as demonstrated 
by the cash from operations. The Group has net current liabilities due to the operating model where debtors are collected earlier than payments 
to creditors, allowing the cash to be used elsewhere in the business such as to reduce the amount drawn down on the revolving credit facility and 
to make acquisitions. However, requirement to pay creditors is managed through future cash generation and if required from the revolving credit 
facility. 

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a recurring liquidity planning tool and daily cash flow reporting. This tool considers the 
maturity of both its financial investments and financial assets (e.g. accounts receivable, and other financial assets) and projected cash flows from 
operations. The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility for potential acquisitions through the use of 
its banking facilities.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31st December 2012 based on contractual undiscounted 
payments:

98

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Year ended 31st December 2012

Interest bearing loans and borrowings (including overdraft)
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Deferred consideration
Interest rate swap (gross outflow)

Year ended 31st December 2011

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Other unsecured loan
Trade and other payables
Contingent consideration
Deferred consideration
Interest rate swap (gross outflow)

On demand
£’000

1,537
–
–
–
–
1,537

On demand
£’000

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Less than 
3 months
£’000

318
9,470
–
490
183
10,461

Less than 
3 months
£’000

393
750
8,112
–
–
182
9,437

3 to 12 months
£’000

1 to 5 years
£’000

More than
 5 years
£’000

956
–
380
–
549
1,885

34,103
–
8,811
450
280
43,644

–
–
–
–
–
–

3 to 12 months
£’000

1 to 5 years
£’000

More than
 5 years
£’000

2,672
–
–
–
–
547
3,219

46,216
–
–
1,215
724
992
49,147

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Total
£’000

36,914
9,470
9,191
940
1,012
57,527

Total
£’000

49,281
750
8,112
1,215
724
1,721
61,803

The disclosed financial derivative instruments in the above table are the gross undiscounted cash flows. However, those amounts may be settled 
gross or net. The following table shows the corresponding reconciliation of those amounts to their carrying amounts.

Year ended 31st December 2012

Inflows
Outflows
Net

Year ended 31st December 2011

Inflows
Outflows
Net

On demand
£’000

–
–
–

On demand
£’000

–
–
–

Less than 
3 months
£’000

31
(183)
(152)

Less than 
3 months
£’000

48
(182)
(134)

3 to 12 months
£’000

1 to 5 years
£’000

92
(549)
(457)

47
(280)
(233)

3 to 12 months
£’000

1 to 5 years
£’000

144
(547)
(403)

264
(992)
(728)

More than
 5 years
£’000

–
–
–

More than
 5 years
£’000

–
–
–

Total
£’000

170
(1,012)
(842)

Total
£’000

456
(1,721)
(1,265)

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The liquidity risk of each Group entity is managed centrally by the Group treasury function. The Group’s cash requirement is monitored closely.

All surplus cash is held centrally to offset against the Group’s borrowings and reduce the interest payable. The type of cash instrument used and its 
maturity date will depend on the Group’s forecast cash requirements. The Group has a revolving credit facility with a syndicate of major banking 
corporations to manage longer term borrowing requirements.

capital management
The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains appropriate capital structure to support its business 
objectives and maximise shareholder value. Capital includes share capital and other equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent.

In the medium to long term, the Group will strive to maintain a reasonable leverage (i.e. balance between debt and equity) to help achieve the 
Group’s business objectives of growth (through acquisitions and organic growth) and dividend policy. In the short term, the Group does not have a 
set leverage ratio to be achieved but the Directors monitor the ratio of net debt to operating profit to ensure that the debt funding is not excessively 
high. Certain loan notes issued on acquisition of Marsh & Parsons are excluded from this ratio as they are unsecured, are not relevant to calculate the 
Group’s banking covenant and are due for repayment only after the expiry of the existing banking facility. 

The Group has a current ratio of Net Bank Debt (excluding loan notes) to operating profit of 0.67 (2011: 1.15:1), based on Net Bank Debt (excluding 
loan notes) of £26.6m (2011: Net Bank Debt of £35.7m) and operating profit before exceptional costs, amortisation and share-based payment charge 

99

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

29. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

of £35.5m (2011: profit of £31.1m). The business is cash generative with a low capital expenditure requirement. The Group remains committed to its 
stated dividend policy of 30% to 40% of Underlying Operating Profit after interest and tax. In addition, the Group’s other main priority is to generate 
cash to support its operations and to fund any strategic acquisitions.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings (including loan notes and overdraft)
Less: 2% and 12% unsecured loan notes
Less: other loan notes
Less: cash and short term deposit
Less: deferred and contingent consideration
Net Bank Debt (excluding loan notes)

2012
£’000

44,561
(8,660)
–
(225)
(9,028)
26,648

2011
£’000

49,028
(10,156)
(750)
(435)
(1,939)
35,748

Credit risk
There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. The Group is exposed to a credit risk in respect of revenue transactions (i.e. 
turnover from customers). It is Group policy, implemented locally, to obtain appropriate details of new customers before entering into contracts. 
The majority of the estate agency customers use the Group’s services as part of a house sale transaction and consequently the debt is paid from the 
proceeds realised from the sale of the house by the vendor’s solicitor before the balance of funds is transferred to the vendor. These minimise the 
risk of the debt not being collected.

The majority of the surveying customers and those of the asset management business are large financial institutions and as such the credit risk is not 
expected to be significant. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial assets is represented by the carrying value as at the balance sheet 
date.

Interest rate risk profile of financial assets and liabilities
Treasury policy is described in the note above. The disclosures below exclude short term receivables and payables which are primarily of a trading 
nature and expected to be settled within normal commercial terms.

The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31st December 2012 is as follows:

Fixed rate
Revolving credit facility1

Floating rate

Cash and cash equivalents
Revolving credit facility

1 Includes the effect of interest rate swap.

The effective interest rate and the actual interest rate charged on the loans in 2012 is as follows:

Revolving credit facility
2% unsecured loan notes
12% unsecured loan notes

Within
1 year
£’000

–

Within 
1 year
£’000

225
–

1 to 2
years
£’000
(25,000)

1 to 2 
years
£’000
–
(1,037)

2 to 3
years
£’000
–

2 to 3
years
£’000
–
–

total
£’000

(25,000)

total
£’000

225
(1,037)

Effective rate 

Actual rate

4.4%
2.0%
3.65%

2.2%
2.0%
12.0%

The effective interest rate on the revolving credit facility during the year is high due to commitment fees payable on undrawn amounts earlier in the 
year. The effective rate on 12% unsecured loan note is low due to the loan notes being recorded at fair value on initial issue in 2011. 

100

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012The interest rate profile of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31st December 2011 is as follows:

Fixed rate
Revolving credit facility1

Floating rate

Cash and cash equivalents
Revolving credit facility

1 Includes the effect of interest rate swap.

The effective interest rate and the actual interest rate charged on the loans in 2011 is as follows:

Revolving credit facility
2% unsecured loan notes
12% unsecured loan notes

Within 
1 year
£’000

–

Within 
1 year
£’000

435
–

1 to 2
years
£’000
–

1 to 2 
years
£’000
–
–

2 to 3
years
£’000
(25,000)

2 to 3
years
£’000
–
(9,918)

total
£’000

(25,000)

total
£’000

435
(9,918)

Effective rate 

Actual rate

9.9%
2.0%
3.65%

2.7%
2.0%
12.0%

The effective interest rate on the revolving credit facility during the year is high due to commitment fees payable on undrawn amounts earlier in the 
year. The effective rate on 12% unsecured loan note is low due to the loan notes being recorded at fair value on initial issue in 2011. 

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all of the Group’s financial instruments that are carried in the 
Financial Statement:

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Available-for-sale financial assets
Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings:
  Floating rate borrowings 
  Fixed rate borrowings 
Derivative financial liabilities – interest rate swaps
Contingent consideration
Deferred consideration
2% unsecured loan notes
12% unsecured loan notes

2012

2011

Book Value
£’000

Fair Value
£’000

Book Value
£’000

Fair Value
£’000

225
11,921

225
11,921

435
347

435
n/a1

(26,037)
–
(836)
(8,088)
(940)
–
(8,660)

(26,037)
–
(836)
(8,088)
(940)
–
(8,660)

(34,918)
–
(1,265)
(1,215)
(724)
(1,496)
(8,660)

(34,918)
–
(1,265)
(1,215)
(724)
(1,483)
(8,660)

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The fair values for the majority of the financial instruments have been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at interest rates 
prevailing for a comparable maturity period for each instrument. The fair values of the interest rate swaps are determined by reference to market 
values for similar instruments.

1  It was not possible to reliably determine the fair value of unquoted investments in available-for-sale financial assets in 2011. An estimate has been made as to the fair value of 
Zoopla in 2012 which has been recorded in the balance sheet (see note 16).

101

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

29. Financial instruments – risk management (continued)

Fair value hierarchy
As at 31st December 2012, the Group held the following financial instruments measured at fair value. The Group uses the following hierarchy for 
determining and disclosing the fair value of the financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly; 
and

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

Assets measured at fair value
Financial assets
Liabilities measured at fair value
Interest rate swap
Contingent consideration

Liabilities measured at fair value
Interest rate swap
Contingent consideration

2012
£’000

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

11,773

836
8,088

–

–
–

2011
£’000

Level 1
£’000

1,265
1,215

–
–

–

11,773

836
–

Level 2
£’000

1,265
–

–
8,088

Level 3
£’000

–
1,215

The Directors reviewed the fair value of Zoopla at 31st December 2012. The methods used to determine the fair value are disclosed in more detail in 
note 16.

The contingent consideration relates to amounts payable in the future on acquisitions. The amounts payable are based on the amounts agreed in the 
contracts and based on the future profitability of each entity acquired. In valuing each provision, estimates have been made as to when the options 
are likely to be exercised and the future profitability of the entity at this date. 

The fair value of the contingent consideration has been increased from £1,215,000 to £8,088,000. £2,928,000 has been recorded directly through 
retained earnings as it relates to a new agreement with a non-controlling interest. £4,052,000 has been recorded through the profit and loss as an 
exceptional item (see note 7) as it relates to acquisitions where the payment of the consideration has been deemed to be linked to employment. The 
remaining movements in the provision have been recorded against goodwill is £155,000 reduction and interest expense due to the unwinding of the 
provision is £48,000 expense. Further details of these provisions are shown in note 21.

30. Analysis of net Bank Debt (excluding loan notes) 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
– Current
– Non-current

Less: 2% unsecured loan notes
Less: 12% unsecured loan notes
Less: other loan notes
Add: cash and short-term deposits
Less: deferred and contingent consideration
Net Bank Debt at the end of the year

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

2,396
42,165
44,561
–
(8,660)
–
(225)
(9,028)
26,648

2,246
46,782
49,028
(1,496)
(8,660)
(750)
(435)
(1,939)
35,748

During the year, the Group has repaid £10.4m (2011: borrowed £33.4m) of the revolving credit facility. The utilisation of this revolving credit facility 
may vary each month as long as this does not exceed the maximum £75m facility (2011: £75m). In 2010 the banking facility was renewed and is 
repayable when funds permit or by March 2014. 

102

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201231.  Related party transactions

Key management personnel
In 2010, the Group acquired 4.95% shares from the employees of Barnwoods (of whom one was also a director of Barnwoods) for a total 
consideration of £328,000 of which £138,000 was paid in 2010 and the remaining £190,000 is payable in March 2013. 

In 2011, one of the Executive Directors, Alison Traversoni benefitted from a reduction of £285 in Your Move fees being staff discount. Other than the 
above and the Directors’ Remuneration as disclosed in note 12, there were no related party transactions with key management personnel. 

transactions with cybele Solutions Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries

Sales
Purchases
Year-end creditor balance

transactions with tM group and its subsidiaries

Sales
Purchases
Year-end creditor balance

32. capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for but not provided

2012
£’000

128
(20)
–

2012
£’000

633
–
–

2012
£’000

140

2011
£’000

438
(29)
(6)

2011
£’000

–
–
–

2011
£’000

51

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

103

 
Notes to the Group Financial Statements (continued)

for the year ended 31st December 2012

33. Principal subsidiary and joint venture companies
The Group owns directly or indirectly the following issued and fully paid ordinary and preference share capital of its principal subsidiary undertakings, 
all of which are incorporated in Great Britain and whose operations are conducted mainly in the United Kingdom:

name of subsidiary company

your-move.co.uk Ltd
e.surv Ltd1
Marsh & Parsons Ltd
Marsh & Parsons Holdings Ltd1

First Complete Ltd1
LSL Corporate Client Services Ltd1
St Trinity Ltd1
Reeds Rains Ltd1
Linear Mortgage Network Ltd
Chancellors Associates Ltd
LSLi Ltd1
ICIEA Ltd
Davis Tate Ltd
Lauristons Ltd
GFEA Ltd
Barnwoods Ltd1
David Frost Estate Agents Ltd

JNP (Estate Agents) Ltd

Albany Insurance Company (Guernsey) Ltd1
Advanced Mortgage Funding Ltd1

Templeton LPA Limited
Cybele Solutions Holdings Ltd2
TM Group (UK) Ltd2

1 Held directly by the Company.

2 Joint ventures. 

Holding

Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
‘A’ Ordinary shares
‘B’ Ordinary shares
‘C’ Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares 
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares  
Non cumulative redeemable  
preference shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary ‘B’ shares
Ordinary ‘C’ shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares
Preference shares
Ordinary shares
Ordinary ‘A’ Shares
Ordinary shares

Proportion of 
nominal value 
of shares held

100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
100%
100%
100%
100%
76%
100%
75%
87.5%
51%
85%
75.1%
100%
100%

nature of business

Estate Agency and Related Services
Surveying and Valuation Services
Estate Agency and Related Services
Holding Company

Financial Services
Asset Management
Asset Management
Estate Agency and Related Services
Financial Services
Surveying and Valuation Services
Holding Company 
Estate Agency and Related Services
Estate Agency and Related Services
Estate Agency and Related Services
Estate Agency and Related Services
Surveying and Valuation Services
Estate Agency and Related Services

80%

Estate Agency and Related Services

100%
100%
100%
100%
33.82%
33.33%

Captive Insurer
Financial Services

LPA Receiver
Conveyancing
Property Searches

104

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Relation  
to the Parent Company Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual Report and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have elected to prepare 
the Financial Statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and 
applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing those Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 

statements; and

•  prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

105

 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of  
LSL Property Services plc

We have audited the parent company financial statements of LSL Property Services plc for the year ended 31st December 2012 which comprise 
the Parent Company Balance Sheet and the related notes 1 to 15. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is 
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work 
has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 105, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
parent company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion 
on the parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those 
standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of 
significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial 
and non-financial information in the Annual Report & Accounts to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements. If we 
become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the company’s affairs as at 31st December 2012;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

opinion on other matters prescribed by the companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

• 

• 

the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and

the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the parent 
company financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us;

• 

the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

other matters
We have reported separately on the group financial statements of LSL Property Services plc for the year ended 31st December 2012. 

Stuart Watson (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Leeds 
28th February 2013

106

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Parent Company Balance Sheet 

as at 31st December 2012

Fixed assets
Intangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets
Investments

current assets
Debtors
creditors: amounts falling due within one year
net current liabilities
total assets less current liabilities
creditors: amounts falling due after one year
net Assets
capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Share-based payment reserve
Treasury shares
Fair value reserve
Profit and loss account
Shareholders’ funds

The Financial Statements were approved by the Board on 28th February 2013 and were signed on its behalf by:

Steve cooke
Group Finance Director

Simon Embley
Group Chief Executive Officer 

Note

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

2
3
4

5
6

7

10
11
11
11
11
11

–
39
177,596
177,635

32,880
(126,126)
(93,246)
84,389
(25,336)
59,053

208
5,629
1,526
(2,691)
10,677
43,704
59,053

(204)
70
160,952
160,818

28,269
(88,398)
(60,129)
100,689
(39,765)
60,924

208
5,629
912
(2,747)
–
56,922
60,924

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

107

 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

for the year ended 31st December 2012

1.  Accounting policies

Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Financial Statements of the Company have been prepared under the historical cost convention modified to include the fair value of derivative 
financial liabilities and are prepared in accordance with applicable Accounting standards in the United Kingdom and with those parts of the 
Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under UK GAAP.

The accounting policies which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the Financial Statements for the year ended 31st December 
2012. The Company’s Financial Statements are presented in Sterling and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£000) except when 
otherwise indicated.

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption in paragraph 2D of FRS 29 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and has not disclosed information 
required by that standard, as the Group’s Group Financial Statements, in which the Company is included, provide equivalent disclosures for the 
Group under IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures.

taxation
Current Tax
Current tax (UK corporation tax) is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred Tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or 
events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. Timing 
differences are differences between the Company’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the Financial Statements that arise from the inclusion of 
gains and losses in tax assessments in periods different from those in which they are recognised in the Financial Statements.

A net deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as 
more likely that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

Deferred tax is not recognised when fixed assets are revalued unless by the balance sheet date there is a binding agreement to sell the revalued 
assets and the gain or loss expected to arise on sale has been recognised in the Financial Statements. Neither is deferred tax recognised when fixed 
assets are sold and it is more likely than not that the taxable gain will be rolled over, being charged to tax only if and when the replacement assets 
are sold.

Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are expected to reverse, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis.

Pensions costs
The Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees of the Company. The assets of the scheme are invested and managed 
independently of the finances of the Company. Contributions to the defined contribution scheme are recognised in the profit and loss account in the 
period in which they become payable.

Share-based payment transactions
The share option programme allows Group employees to acquire shares of the Company. The fair value of the options granted is recognised as an 
employee expense with the corresponding increase in equity in the case of equity settled schemes. The fair value is measured at the grant date 
and spread over the period during which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The fair value of the options granted is 
measured using the Black-Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. Non-market vesting 
conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the 
cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. No expense is recognised for awards 
that do not ultimately vest, except for equity-settled transactions where vesting is conditional upon a market or non-vesting condition, which are 
treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market or non-market vested condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or 
service conditions are satisfied.

The financial effect of awards by the Company of options over its equity shares to employees of subsidiary undertakings are recognised by the 
Company in its individual financial statements. In particular, the Company records an increase in its investment in subsidiaries with a credit to equity 
equivalent to the FRS 20 cost in subsidiary undertakings.

108

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012investment in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost and reviewed for impairment if there are any indications that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

treasury shares
The Company has an employee share trust (“ESOT”) for the granting of Group shares to Executive Directors and senior employees. Shares in the 
Company held by the ESOT are treated as treasury shares and presented in the balance sheet as a deduction from equity. Dividends earned on shares 
held in the ESOT have been waived. 

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s balance sheet when the Company becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are de-recognised when the Company no longer has the rights to cash flows, the risks and rewards of 
ownership or control of the asset. Financial liabilities are de-recognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. All 
regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, being the date that the Company commits to purchase or sell 
the asset. Regular way transactions require delivery of assets within the timeframe generally established by regulation or convention in the market 
place. The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification.

The Company’s accounting policy for each category of financial instruments is as follows:

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, interest-bearing 
loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses arising on repurchase, 
settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in investment income and finance costs.

Finance costs comprise interest payable on borrowings calculated at the effective interest rate method and recognised on an accruals basis.

Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense when incurred.

Derivative financial instruments
The Company uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge its risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. Such 
derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value. The fair value of interest rate swap contracts is determined by reference to market values for 
similar instruments. Further details on the interest rate swap are included in note 29 to the Group Financial Statements.

tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Such cost includes costs directly 
attributable to making the assets capable of operating as intended.

Depreciation is provided on all tangible fixed assets at rates calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value of each asset evenly over its 
expected useful life as follows:

Fixtures and fittings  
Computer equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

– 
– 
– 

over 5 years 
over 3 years 
over the life of the lease period

The carrying values of tangible fixed assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may 
not be recoverable.

intangible fixed assets
Intangible assets other than goodwill that are acquired separately are measured at cost on initial recognition. Following the initial recognition, 
intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

negative goodwill
Negative goodwill relates to the excess of the fair value of assets acquired over their purchase price at the date of acquisition. The excess negative 
goodwill is written back to the profit and loss account in line with the usage of the assets. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

109

 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements (continued) 

for the year ended 31st December 2012

2. 

intangible fixed assets

As at 31st December 2012

cost or valuation
At 1st January 2012
Additions
At 31st December 2012

Amortisation
At 1st January 2012
Credit during the year
At 31st December 2012

carrying amount
At 31st December 2011

At 1st January 2011

negative 
goodwill
£’000

(23,453)
–
(23,453)

23,249
204
23,453

–

(204)

negative goodwill
On 15th January 2010 the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of New Daffodil Ltd (“NDL”) (formerly HEAL). Subsequent 
to acquisition, the business of NDL was reorganised within the Group and the business of NDL together with certain assets were transferred to the 
Company for a total consideration of £1 (one pound). The Company then transferred most of the trade and assets to its subsidiaries Your Move, 
Reeds Rains, LSLi and St Trinity for a consideration of £1 (one pound) each. However, the following assets were acquired by the Company but not 
transferred further to Your Move, Reeds Rains, LSLi or St Trinity and this has resulted in the creation of negative goodwill:

Assets acquired
Investment in a private company
Cash
net Assets

Consideration paid
negative goodwill

The negative goodwill is being amortised to match the usage of the assets acquired (mainly cash outflow).

£’000

750
22,703
23,453

–
(23,453)

110

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20123.  tangible fixed assets

As at 31st December 2012

cost
At 1st January 2012
Additions
At 31st December 2012

Depreciation
At 1st January 2012
Charge for the year
At 31st December 2012
carrying amount
At 31st December 2012

At 1st January 2012

4. 

investments

Subsidiary undertakings
Other investments
Investments in joint ventures

Leasehold 
improvements
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
computer 
equipment
£’000

49
–
49

14
10
24

25

35

91
2
93

56
23
79

14

35

total
£’000

140
2
142

70
33
103

39

70

2012
£’000

164,395
11,769
1,432
177,596

2011
£’000

159,335
195
1,422
160,952

2012
£’000

159,335
4,495
565
164,395

2011
£’000

113,089
45,733
513
159,335

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Subsidiary undertakings:
Details of the subsidiaries held directly and indirectly by the Company are shown in note 33 to the Group Financial Statements. 

At 1st January
Additions
Adjustments for share-based payment
At 31st December

In 2012, an adjustment of £565,000 (2011: increase of £513,000) on investment in subsidiaries for the share-based payment, representing the 
financial effects of awards by the Company of options over its equity shares to employees of subsidiary undertakings. The total contribution to date 
is £3,332,000 (2011: £2,766,000).

other investments

At cost
At 1st January
Additions
Revaluation uplift
At 31st December

2012
£’000

195
897
10,677
11,769

2011
£’000

195
–
–
195

Other investments represent investment in equity shares of private Ltd companies. 

In April 2012, the Group acquired a further 1.38% of Zoopla for £897,000. In August 2012, Zoopla merged with Digital Property Group (DPG), owner 
of Findaproperty.com and Primelocation.com. As part of the merger, any warrants held in Zoopla were exercised so that the Group owned 4.81% of 
the post-merger entity.

111

 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements (continued) 

for the year ended 31st December 2012

4. 

investments (continued)

At 31st December 2012, the Directors reviewed the fair value of Zoopla. Based on an analysis of the price paid per share in April 2012, an analysis of 
the valuation of Zoopla assumed as part of the merger and an analysis of trading subsequent to these events, the Directors determined that the most 
appropriate fair value for combined Zoopla Group was £245m, with LSL Group’s share of this being £11.8m. This resulted in a £10.7m valuation uplift 
being recorded at December 2012.

investments in joint ventures 

At cost
At 1st January
Additions
At 31st December

Details of the joint ventures held by the Company are shown in note 33 to the Group Financial Statements.

5.  Debtors

Deferred tax asset (note 8) 
Corporation tax recoverable
Group relief receivable
Prepayments 
Amounts owed by Group undertakings

6.  creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Bank overdraft (note 9)
Other taxes and social security payable
Accruals
Contingent consideration
Deferred consideration
Amounts owed to Group undertakings

2012
£’000

1,422
10
1,432

2011
£’000

750
672
1,422

2012
£’000

203
–
11,667
10
21,000
32,880

2012
£’000

22,516
219
2,862
–
450
100,079
126,126

2011
£’000

323
764
9,445
2
17,735
28,269

2011
£’000

8,613
393
1,899
145
334
77,014
88,398

Contingent consideration 
£nil (2011: £145,000) of contingent consideration is payable to third parties in relation to the acquisition of its subsidiaries in 2007 and 2012. This is 
payable between three and five years after the acquisition dates depending on the profitability of those subsidiaries in the relevant years. In 2012, 
the contingent consideration has been recalculated based on the latest management’s expectation using a discount rate of 7% (2011:7%).

Deferred consideration
Deferred consideration of £450,000 relates to Marsh & Parsons acquisition in November 2011. This is payable at any time between 31st March 2016 
and 31st March 2020 at the option of management of Marsh & Parsons Ltd. No interest is payable on this.

7.  creditors: amounts falling due after one year

Loans (note 9)
Derivative financial liability – interest rate swap

112

2012
£’000

24,500
836
25,336

2011
£’000

38,500
1,265
39,765

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20128.  Deferred tax asset

Deferred tax asset at 1st January 
Deferred tax (charge)/credit in profit and loss account for the year 
Deferred tax asset at 31st December 

2012
£’000

323
(120)
203

2011
£’000

293
30
323

Deferred tax asset is in relation to a short term timing difference. This relates predominately to the interest rate swap. 

In March 2012, the UK government announced proposals to reduce the main rate of corporation tax to 22% from 1st April 2014. As of 31st December 
2012 reductions to the main rate of corporation tax to 23% had been enacted. Accordingly this is the rate at which deferred tax has been provided. 
If the subsequent reductions in the tax rate to 22% had been substantively enacted at 31st December 2012 the deferred tax liability would have 
reduced by £17,000.

No provision has been made for deferred tax on gains recognised on revaluing investments. Such tax would become payable only if the investment 
were sold. The total amount unprovided for is £2,456,000. At present, it is not envisaged that any tax will become payable in the foreseeable future.

9.  Loans 

Amounts falling due
In more than one year but not more than two years
In more than two years but not more than five years

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

24,500
–
24,500

–
47,113
47,113

Bank loans – revolving credit facility and overdraft
The bank loan totalling £24.5m (2011: £34.9m) and overdraft totalling £1.5m (2011: £nil), is secured via a cross guarantee issued from all of the 
Group’s subsidiaries excluding the following subsidiaries, Lending Solutions, Homefast Property Services, Linear Mortgage Network, Linear Financial 
Services, Templeton LPA, AMF, BDS, Chancellors Associates and LSLi and its subsidiaries.

The bank loans relate to the revolving credit facility. The utilisation of this revolving credit facility may vary each month as long as this does not 
exceed the maximum £75m facility (2011: £75m). The Group’s overdraft is also secured on the same facility but can not exceed £5m and the 
combined overdraft and revolving credit facility can not exceed £75m (2011: £75m). The banking facility was renewed in 2010 for a further period 
until March 2014.

The interest rate applicable to the facility is LIBOR plus a margin rate of 1.75% (2011: 2%). The margin rate is linked to the leverage ratio of the Group 
and the margin rate is reviewed at six monthly intervals.

10.  called up share capital 

Authorised
Ordinary Shares of 0.2p each
issued and fully paid:
At 1st January and 31st December

2012
Shares

£’000

2011
Shares

£’000

500,000,000

1,000 500,000,000

1,000

104,158,950

208 104,158,950

208

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

113

 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements (continued) 

for the year ended 31st December 2012

11.  Reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds 

Balance at 1st January 2011

Share-based payments

Purchase of treasury shares

Reassurance of treasury shares

Dividend paid

Profit for the year

Balance at 1st January 2012

Revaluation of financial assets

Share-based payments 

Reissuance of treasury shares

Dividend paid

Loss for the year 

Share capital
£’000

Share premium 
account
£’000

208

5,629

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

208

5,629

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share-based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

1,014

787

–

(889)

–

–

912

–

647

(33)

–

–

treasury  
shares
£’000

(3,139)

–

(1,762)

2,154

–

–

(2,747)

–

–

56

–

–

Fair value 
reserve
£’000

Profit and loss 
account
£’000

total
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,677

–

–

–

–

35,333

39,045

–

–

(307)

787

(1,762)

958

(8,945)

(8,945)

30,841

56,922

–

–

(23)

(9,261)

(3,934)

30,841

60,924

10,677

647

–

(9,261)

(3,934)

Balance at 31st December 2012

208

5,629

1,526

(2,691)

10,677

43,704

59,053

For a description of the reserves refer to note 25 to the Group Financial Statements.

Share premium
The amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value less any costs attributable to the issue of new shares.

Share-based payment reserve
This represents the amount provided in the year in respect of share awards. The Company operates Long Term Incentive Plan (including JSOP and 
CSOP) and a number of SAYE schemes for the employees in the Company and the Group. See note 12 to the Group Financial Statements for details of 
the LTIP, JSOP, CSOP and the SAYE schemes.

12.  company profit/loss for the financial year after tax
The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The loss after tax for the 
year was £3,934,000 (2011: profit of £30,841,000).

Remuneration paid to Directors of the Company is disclosed in note 12 to the Group Financial Statements. 

The Company paid £42,000 (2011: £40,000) to its auditors in respect of the audit of the financial statements of the Company. 

Fees paid to the auditors and their associates for non audit services to the Company itself are not disclosed in the individual accounts of LSL Property 
Services plc because group financial statements are prepared which are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis. These are disclosed in 
note 9 to the Group Financial Statements. 

13.  Pensions costs and commitments
The Company operates defined contribution pension schemes for all its Directors and employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately 
from those of the Company in independently administered funds.

The Company’s contributions for ‘old’ members of the existing defined contribution section of the scheme (those members who have always been 
in this scheme) throughout 2008, were a maximum of 5% of pensionable salaries where members contribute and the cost of the death-in-service 
benefits. Contributions to the scheme were suspended in April 2009 and recommenced in 2010.

The Company’s contributions for ‘new’ members of the defined contribution stakeholder scheme (those members who were part of the Aviva 
scheme until the Company left the Aviva group in 2004) was 5% of pensionable salaries where members contribute, and the cost of the death-in-
service benefits. Contributions to the scheme were suspended in April 2009 and recommenced in 2010.

Total contributions to the defined contribution schemes in the year were £60,797 (2011: £54,324). There were no outstanding amounts in respect of 
pensions as at 31st December 2012 (2011: £nil).

114

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201214.  capital commitments
The Company had no capital commitments as at 31st December 2012 (2011: none).

15.  Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 8 not to disclose transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries. During the year the 
transactions entered into by the Company with the non wholly owned subsidiaries are as follows:

Linear Mortgage network 
2012
2011

Linear Financial Services 
2012
2011

LSLi 
2012
2011

iciEA 
2012
2011

Barnwoods
2012
2011

JnP Estate Agents 
2012
2011

gFEA
2012
2011

intercounty Lettings 
2012
2011

Marsh & Parsons Holdings 
2012
2011

Sales to 
related 
parties
£’000

Purchases
from 
related
 parties
£’000

Amounts 
owed by 
related 
parties
£’000

Amounts 
owed to 
related
 parties
£’000

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

121
256

277
277

8,440
5,785

249
63

–
–

28
61

792
559

29
29

1,661
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

9,810
3,410

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a

l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

115

 
Other Information

116 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012

in tHiS SEction

Definitions 

Investor Information 

117

119

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Definitions

“2011 EBt” employee benefit trust established in November 2011  
  as part of the acquisition of Marsh & Parsons 
“Adjusted Basic Earnings Per Share” is defined at note 10  
  of the Financial Statements
“AgM” Annual General Meeting 
“AMF”, “Advance Mortgage Funding”, “Pink Home Loans” or “Pink”  
  are all trading names of Advance Mortgage Funding Limited
“Asset Management” refers to LSL’s repossessions asset management 
  and property management for multi property landlords services
“ARLA” Association of Residential Lettings Agents
“AMi” Association of Mortgage Intermediaries 
“Audit committee” LSL’s audit committee
“Basic Earnings Per Share” is defined at note 10  
  of the Financial Statements
“Barnwoods” trading name of Barnwoods Limited
“BDS” is a trading name of BDS Mortgage Group Limited
“Board” the Board of Directors of LSL
“committees” refers to LSL’s Nominations Committee,  
  Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee
“c&g” and “cheltenham & gloucester” are trading styles  
  of Cheltenham & Gloucester plc
“chairman” Roger Matthews
“chairman of the Audit committee” Mark Morris
“company” LSL Property Services plc
“code” UK Code of Corporate Governance by the  
  Financial  Reporting Council
“company Secretary” Sapna B FitzGerald
“cSoP” company share ownership plan
“cSR” corporate social responsibility
“Davis tate” trading name of Davis Tate Limited
“Director” an Executive Director or Non Executive Director of LSL
“DBP” deferred bonus plan
“DEFRA”Department for Enviroment, Food and Rural Affairs
“DPg” Digital Property Group
“EBitDA” earnings, before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation
“EPc” Energy Performance Certificate
“EPS” earnings per share
“Ernst & young” trading name of Ernst & Young LLP
“ESg” environmental, social and governance
“Estate Agency Division” includes LSL’s Residential Sales, Lettings, 
  Financial Services, LPA fixed charge receiver and  
  Asset Management businesses
“Estate Agency and Related Services” refers to  
  LSL’s Estate Agency Division
“e.surv chartered Surveyors” or “e.surv” are trading names 
  of e.surv Limited
“Executive Director” refers to Steve Cooke, Simon Embley  
  and David Newnes

“Executive Director for Estate Agency” David Newnes
“Financial Services” refers to LSL’s financial services business 
  (including mortgage and protection brokerage and the operation 
  of intermediary networks)
“Financial Statements” financial statements contained in this Report
“FRc” Financial Reporting Council
“FSA” Financial Services Authority
“First complete” trading name of First Complete Limited
“Frosts” or “David Frosts Estate Agents” are trading names of  
  David Frosts Estate Agents Limited
“group” LSL Property Services plc and its subsidiaries
“group cEo” or “group chief Executive officer” Simon Embley
“group Finance Director” Steve Cooke
“group HR Director” Lisa Charles-Jones
“growth Shares” the B1, B2 and C classes of ordinary shares  
  (each £0.001) in Marsh & Parsons (Holdings) Limited 
“goodfellows” trading name of GFEA Limited
“Head of Risk and Audit” David Walsh
“HEAL” Halifax Estate Agencies Limited
“HEAL Business” HEAL branches and St Trinity Asset Management 
  (formerly HEAL Corporate Services)
“Home of choice” or “Hoc” division within First Complete
“Home Report” a report which includes a single survey, energy report 
  and property questionnaire and which must accompany all 
  residential property marketing in Scotland
“iBnR” incurred but not reported
“iFRS” International Financial Reporting Standards
“independent non Executive Director” refers to Helen Buck,  
  Adrian Gill, Mark Morris and Mark Pain
“intercounty”, “intercounty Lettings” or “iciEA” are all trading names  
  of ICIEA Limited
“iPo” initial public offering
“JnP” or “JnP Estate Agents” are trading names of JNP Estate Agents  
  Limited
“JSoP” joint share ownership plan
“KPi” key performance indicators
“Lauristons” trading name of Lauristons Limited
“Legal Marketing Services” trading name of Legal Marketing  
  Services Limited
“Lettings” refers to LSL’s residential property lettings and property 
  management services
“Linear” and “Linear Mortgage network” are trading names of  
  Linear Mortgage Network Limited
“Linear Financial Services” is a trading name of Linear Financial Services  
  Limited 
“Lloyds Banking group” Lloyds TSB Bank plc group of companies
“LMS Direct conveyancing” trading name of LMS Direct  
  Conveyancing Limited

O
t
h
e
r
I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

117

 
Definitions (continued)

“LPA” the Law of Property Act 1925
“LSLi” trading name of LSLi Limited and references in this Report include  
  its subsidiaries JNP, Intercounty, Frosts, Goodfellows, Davis Tate and  
  Lauristons
“LSL” LSL Property Services plc and, where the context so requires, its  
  subsidiaries
“LSL corporate client Department” trading name of LSL Corporate 
  Client Services Limited
“LSL Land & new Homes” trading style used by members of the Estate 
  Agency Division
“LtiP” long term investment plan
“Marsh & Parsons” trading name of Marsh & Parsons Limited
“MBo” management buy out
“nAEA” National Association of Estate Agents
“nBS” New Bridge Street Limited
“net Bank Debt” see note 30 of the Financial Statements
“nFoPP” National Federation of Property Professionals
“non Executive Director” refers to Helen Buck, Adrian Gill, Roger 
  Matthews, Mark Morris and Mark Pain
“notice of Meeting” the circular made available to Shareholders setting 
  out details of the AGM 
“openwork” trading name of Openwork Holdings Limited
“ordinary Shares” 0.2p ordinary shares in LSL
“Pi” professional indemnity
“Phillip green” trading name of Intercounty
“Propertycare+” e.surv’s private surveying service delivered direct to 
  private house purchasers
“RcF” revolving credit facility
“Reeds Rains” trading name of Reeds Rains Limited

“Reeds Rains Financial Services” trading name of Reeds Rains Financial 
  Services Limited
“Registered office” Newcastle House, Albany Court, Newcastle Business
  Park, Newcastle Upon Tyne NE4 7YB
“Report” LSL’s annual report and accounts 2012
“Residential Sales” refers to LSL’s services for residential property sales 
“RicS” Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors
“SAyE” save-as-you-earn
“Senior independent Director” or “Senior independent non 
Executive Director” Mark Morris
“Shareholders” shareholders of LSL
“SiP” share incentive plan
“St trinity Asset Management” trading name of St Trinity Limited
“Surveying Division” includes LSL’s surveying and valuation businesses
“Surveying and Valuation Services” refers to LSL’s Surveying Division
“templeton” trading name of Templeton LPA Limited 
“the Bridge” LSL’s call centre operation based in Southampton
“the Mortgage Alliance” or “tMA” are trading names of First 
  Complete’s mortgage club
“tPo” The Property Ombudsman
“trust” LSL Property Services plc Employee Benefit Trust
“trustees” Capita Trustee Limited 
“tSR” total shareholder return
“underlying operating Margin” Group Operating Profit before  
   exceptional costs, amortisation and share based payments shown  
as a percentage of turnover
“underlying operating Profit/(Loss)” before exceptional costs, 
  amortisation of intangible assets and share based payments
“your Move” trading name of your-move.co.uk Limited
“Zoopla” trading name of Zoopla Property Group Limited

118

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2012Investor Information

company details
LSL Property Services plc
Registered in England (Company Number 5114014)
Registered Office
Newcastle House, Albany Court, Newcastle Business Park,  
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE4 7YB
Telephone: 0203 215 1015
Facsimile: 0207 920 9443
Email: enquiries@lslps.co.uk
Website: www.lslps.co.uk

Share listing
LSL Property Services plc 0.2p Ordinary Shares are listed on the  
London Stock Exchange under ISIN GB00BIG5HX72

Registrar
Capita Registrars
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent 
BR3 4TU

Telephone: 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 10p per minute plus  
network extras, lines are open 8:30am-5:30pm, Monday-Friday)
Overseas Telephone: +44 208 639 3399
Website: www.capitaregistrars.co.uk 
Email: shareholder.services@capitaregistrars.com

If you move, please do not forget to let the Registrars know  
your new address

Provisional calendar of events
Preliminary Results Released   28th February 2013
AgM Proxy Form Deadline  
AgM  

2.30pm 30th April 2013
2.30pm 2nd May 2013

The AGM will be held at LSL’s offices at 1 Sun Street, London EC2A 2EP. 
The Notice of Meeting details the proposed resolutions.

In accordance with its Articles of Association, LSL publishes shareholder 
information, including notice of AGMs and the Annual Report and 
Accounts on its website, www.lslps.co.uk. Reducing the number of 
communications sent by post not only results in cost savings to LSL,  
it also reduces the impact that unnecessary printing and distribution  
of reports has on the environment. 

At the 2007 AGM, a resolution was passed to amend LSL’s Articles of 
Association to take full advantage of the provisions in the Companies 
Act 2006 in relation to electronic communications. In particular, the 
provisions enable all communications between the Shareholders and 
LSL to be made in electronic form. Documents will be supplied via 
LSL’s website to Shareholders who have not requested a hard copy, or 
provided an e-mail address to which documents of information may 
be sent. Where a Shareholder has consented to receive information via 
the website, a letter will be sent to the Shareholder on release of any 
information directing them to the website. 

If a Shareholder wishes to continue to receive hard copy documents  
they should contact Capita Registrars.

O
t
h
e
r
I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

119

 
Shareholder Notes

Annual Report and Accounts 2012

L
S
L
P
r
o
p
e
r
t
y
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
2

www.lslps.co.uk

Registered in England
(Company Number 5114014)
Registered Office:
Newcastle House
Albany Court
Newcastle Business Park
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE4 7YB

Tel: 020 3215 1015
Fax: 020 7920 9443
Email: enquiries@lslps.co.uk

LettingsSurveyingASSET MANAGEMENTResidential sales ValuationsCorporate Clients EstatE agEntsFinancial ServiceSConveyanCing